Owners Manual Hector

Home , Child safety lock, Odometer, Smart key, Speedometer

THE INTERNET CAR

OWNER'S MANUAL u Do not use blower or infotainment system in engine off mode. u Ensure door, hood and tail gate are properly locked. u In DCT/CVT - Shift to P before switching off ignition. Welcome to the world of MG!!! Thank you for choosing MG Hector – India's first Internet Car

This manual will familiarize you with the operation and maintenance of your new vehicle. It will also provide you important safety information. Please do read it carefully and follow the recommendations. This manual is like a permanent part of your car. It would go a long way in ensuring a safe and trouble-free operation and running of your MG Hector. In case of any query, please feel free to call our 24 hours Helpline at 1800 100 6464 or email us at: [email protected]

SAFE and HAPPY DRIVING

From Team MG India

150 CONTENTS Contents

PREFACE...... 8 Ÿ Electric Liftgate ...... 17 Windows ...... 25 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS...... 9-32 Ÿ External Liftgate Switch ...... 18 Ÿ Power Window ...... 25 Keys ...... 10 Ÿ Internal Liftgate Switch ...... 18 Ÿ Power Window Switch...... 26 Ÿ Key-in Reminder*...... 11 Ÿ Liftgate Closing Switch...... 18 Ÿ Power Window Lock Button...... 27 Ÿ Remote Control...... 11 Ÿ Kick Type Electric Tailgate ...... 19 Ÿ Sunshade...... 27 Ÿ Vehicle Locating...... 11 Ÿ Anti-pinch Function of Liftgate...... 19 Ÿ Auxiliary Handrail ...... 27 Ÿ Remote Window Lowering...... 11 Ÿ Inductive Tailgate ...... 20 Sunroof*...... 28 Ÿ Remote Opening of Panoramic Sunroof*11 Ÿ Liftgate Service Hole ...... 21 Power Sunroof*...... 28 Ÿ Activation of Door Lock and Ÿ Passive Entry Passive Start (PEPS) Sunvisor...... 29 Anti-theft Mode...... 12 System*...... 21 Ÿ Sun Blind...... 30 Ÿ Door Unlock and Release of Ÿ Passive Locking ...... 22 Ÿ Sunroof Tilting ...... 30 Anti-theft Mode...... 12 Passive Unlocking / Locking Ÿ Sunroof Sliding ...... 30 Ÿ Lock Function Alarm...... 12 of Liftgate ...... 22 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE Ÿ Automatic Locking of Door ...... 13 Engine Hood ...... 23 DEVICES ...... 33-54 Ÿ Battery Replacement...... 13 Ÿ Opening Engine Hood...... 23 Headrest ...... 34 Door Lock ...... 14 Ÿ Closing Engine Hood...... 23 Ÿ Position...... 34 Ÿ External Door Locking and Unlocking.....14 Outside Rearview Mirror ...... 24 Ÿ Height Adjustment...... 34 Ÿ Internal Door Locking and Unlocking...... 15 Ÿ Adjusting Outside Rearview Mirror ...... 24 Front Seat...... 34 Ÿ External / Internal Door Opening...... 15 Ÿ Electrically Folding Ÿ Seat Position and Backrest Outside Rearview Mirror*...... 24 Ÿ Child Safety Lock...... 16 Normal Condition ...... 34 Ÿ Automatically Folding Ÿ Central Door Lock System...... 17 Seat Position Adjustment ...... 35 Outside Rearview Mirror*...... 24 Ÿ Door Lock Thermal Protection...... 17 Ÿ Manual Adjustment Type*...... 35 Ÿ Defrosting of Outside Doors...... 17 Rearview Mirror*...... 25 Ÿ Electric Adjustment Type*...... 35 Ÿ Liftgate ...... 17 Ÿ Inside Rearview Mirror...... 25 Seat Backrest Adjustment...... 36 CONTENTS Contents

Ÿ Manual Adjustment Type*...... 36 Ÿ ISOFIX ...... 45 Roof Rail...... 60 Type-II Trip Computer Display Ÿ Front Passenger Fasten-Seat-Belt Parking Assist System* ...... 101 Ÿ Electric Adjustment Type*...... 36 Table of Vehicle Handbook Information Ÿ Load Information...... 60 Screen ...... 71 Warning Lamp*...... 91 Ÿ 360 Degree Panoramic Parking Ÿ Ÿ Ventilation Seat Control Button...... 36 on Child Restraint Systems ...... 47 INSTRUMENTS AND Type-I Trip Computer Display Fuel Level Too Low Warning Lamp ...... 91 Screen Assist* ...... 102 Screen Switch ...... 77 Ÿ Ÿ Driver’s Seat Height Adjustment...... 37 Air Bag System ...... 48 CONTROLS...... 61-102 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Parking Image Assist during Reversing ...103 Control Indicators...... 79 Working Indicator* ...... 92 Ÿ Manual Adjustment Type* ...... 37 Ÿ Air Bag Indicator ...... 48 Instrument Panel ...... 62 LIGHTING ...... 103-110 Ÿ Type-I Instrument Cluster ...... 79 Ÿ Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Ÿ Air Bag Position ...... 49 Controls ...... 63 Outside Lighting...... 104 Electric Adjustment Type*...... 37 Ÿ Fault Warning Lamp* ...... 92 Ÿ Ÿ Horn...... 63 Type-II Instrument Cluster ...... 81 Ÿ Lighting Switches...... 104 Seat Backrest Adjustment Frontal Air Bag ...... 49 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Turn Signal Lamp / Hazard Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Ÿ and Folding ...... 37 Ÿ Side Air Bag* ...... 49 Steering Wheel Adjustment* ...... 64 High Beam ...... 104 Warning Indicator...... 83 Working Indicator* ...... 93 Ÿ Ÿ Front Windshield Wiper and Washer* ...64 Ÿ Automatic Headlamp ON/OFF ...... 104 Rear Seat ...... 38 Side Curtain Air Bag ...... 49 Ÿ Ÿ Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Ÿ Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer* ....65 Engine Oil Pressure Too Low Ÿ Headlamp Flashing ...... 104 Ÿ Rear Seat (5-Seat Model) ...... 38 STORAGE ...... 55-60 Warning Lamp ...... 83 Fault Warning Lamp* ...... 93 Ÿ Exterior Entertainment Ÿ Automatic Wiping ...... 105 Ÿ Armrest...... 38 Storage Box...... 56 Ÿ Charging System Warning Lamp ...... 84 Ÿ ESC Fault Warning Lamp ...... 94 Power Outlet* ...... 65 Ÿ Hazard Flasher...... 105 Ÿ Middle Row Seat ...... 38 Ÿ Instrument Panel Right Ÿ Coolant Temperature Too High Ÿ ESC OFF Indicator...... 94 Ÿ Rear Accessory USB Power Outlet* ...... 66 Ÿ Turn and Lane Change Signal Lamp...... 105 7 Seat Variant...... 39 Storage Box...... 56 Warning Lamp ...... 85 Ÿ Transmission Fault Warning Lamp*...... 94 Ÿ Driving Recorder USB Power Outlet .....66 Fog Lamp...... 106 Ÿ Ÿ Instrument Panel Central Ÿ Front Fog Lamp Indicator*...... 85 Ÿ Emergency Parking (EP) Indicator* ...... 95 Seat Backrest Adjustment and Folding39 Ÿ Rear Power USB Port...... 66 Ÿ Storage Box...... 56 Ÿ Ÿ Steering Assist Lighting Function* ...... 106 Ÿ Rear Fog Lamp Indicator...... 85 Cruise Control System Seat Overturn ...... 39 Warning Lamps, Ÿ Ÿ Armrest Storage Box ...... 56 Ÿ Headlamp High Beam Indicator...... 86 Working Condition Indicator*...... 95 Front Fog Lamp* ...... 106 Ÿ Seat Backrest Folding...... 40 Gauges and Indicators ...... 67 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ TPMS Fault Indicator*...... 96 Rear Fog Lamp...... 107 Glasses Box* ...... 56 Ÿ Position Lamp Indicator...... 86 Ÿ Seat Layout Diagram...... 40 Speedometer...... 67 Ÿ Ÿ Console Storage Box* ...... 57 Ÿ Ÿ Overspeed Warning...... 96 Stop Lamp...... 107 Ÿ Tachometer...... 67 Engine Malfunction Seat Belt ...... 40 Ÿ Glove Box...... 57 Indicator Lamp (MIL)...... 86 Ÿ Vehicle - Start / Stop Fault Indicator...... 96 Ÿ Day Running Lamp*...... 107 Ÿ Fuel Gauge...... 67 Ÿ Wearing...... 41 Ÿ Seat Pocket...... 57 Ÿ ABS Fault Warning Lamp ...... 87 Ÿ SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) ...... 97 Ÿ Headlamp Leveling...... 107 Ÿ General Odometer...... 68 Ÿ Height Adjustment*...... 42 Ÿ Cup Holder ...... 57 Ÿ EPS Fault Warning Lamp ...... 88 Ÿ Diesel Particulate Filter Indicator ...... 97 Ÿ Headlamp OFF Delay...... 107 Ÿ Small Odometer...... 68 Ÿ Unbuckle ...... 42 Ÿ Door Storage Groove and Armrest...... 58 Ÿ Airbag Fault Warning Lamp...... 88 Ÿ Fuel Water Indicator Light* ...... 97 Ÿ Lamp ON Reminder...... 107 Ÿ Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge...... 68 Ÿ Middle Row / Rear Row Seat Belt...... 42 Ÿ Rear Side Wall Storage Ÿ Brake System/EBD Warning Lamp...... 89 Ÿ Engine Hood Open Indicator*...... 98 Inside Lighting ...... 108 Ÿ Type-I Trip Computer Ÿ Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy...... 43 Groove and Armrest...... 58 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Front Reading Lamp ...... 108 Display Screen ...... 69 Engine Immobilizer System Indicator ...... 90 Glow Plug Indicator* ...... 98 Ÿ Backrest Hook...... 58 Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Rear Reading Lamp...... 108 Child Seat ...... 44 Ÿ Adjustment Lever...... 69 Driver Fasten-Seat-Belt 48v System Failure Warning Light* ...... 98 Ÿ Ÿ Luggage Compartment Warning Lamp ...... 91 Ÿ Luggage Compartment Child Restraint System Type...... 44 Ÿ Mobile phone Wireless charging ...... 70 Reverse Sensor* ...... 99 Cargo Cover* ...... 59 Ÿ Reverse Video Display*...... 100 Illumination Lamp ...... 109 CONTENTS CONTENTS

AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT Ÿ Ventilation...... 126 Ÿ Automatic Upshift...... 141 General Information...... 158 Brake Pedal ...... 173 Ÿ Cleaning Agent ...... 189 SYSTEM...... 111-114 Ÿ Rapid Defrosting and Defogging...... 126 Ÿ Kick-down...... 141 Ÿ Accessories and Vehicle Retrofitting.158 Ÿ Brake Pedal Travel Check...... 173 Ÿ Vehicle Interior Maintenance Audio Control Buttons on DRIVING AND CONTROLS ...... 127-156 Ÿ Hill-start Hold Control...... 141 Ÿ Vehicle Storage...... 158 Fuse ...... 174 and Cleaning...... 190 Steering Wheel*...... 112 Driving Instructions ...... 128 Ÿ Run Downhill ...... 142 Driver Checklist ...... 158 Ÿ Engine Compartment Fuse Box...... 174 Ÿ Glass Surface...... 190 Driver Information and Ÿ Vehicle Control...... 128 Ÿ Protection Mode...... 142 Ÿ Exterior ...... 158 Ÿ Indoor Fuse Box Layout...... 175 Ÿ Vehicle Exterior Maintenance Entertainment...... 113 Ÿ Emergency Measures...... 128 Ÿ 48V Hybrid Power System*...... 143 Ÿ Interior ...... 158 Ÿ Engine Compartment and Cleaning...... 191 Ÿ Navigator Upgrading* ...... 114 Ÿ Start and Operation ...... 129 Ÿ Situations of Auto Engine Start...... 144 Engine Compartment...... 159 Fuse Box Layout...... 176 Corrosion Prevention ...... 192 HVAC ...... 115-126 Ÿ Trial Run of New Vehicle...... 129 Ÿ Continuous Variable Transmission Ÿ 1.5T Engine ...... 159 Lamp Bulb Replacement...... 177 TECHNICAL DATA ...... 193-194 Air Outlet ...... 116 Ÿ Mechanical Ignition Switch Position*.130 (CVT)...... 147 Ÿ 2.0 Diesel Engine ...... 160 Wheels and Tyres ...... 178 Vehicle Identification ...... 194 Air Conditioning ...... 118 Ÿ Ÿ Engine START STOP Brake ...... 147 Engine Oil ...... 161 Ÿ Maintenance ...... 178 Identification Number (VIN) ...... 194 Ÿ Electronic Air Conditioning Ÿ Switch Position* ...... 131 Ÿ Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 148 Ÿ Engine Oil Level Check...... 161 Ÿ Internal Tread Wear Indicator ...... 179 Vehicle Identification Tag ...... 194 Control Panel ...... 118 Ÿ Ÿ Electronic Steering Column Lock*.....132 Ÿ Electric Brake Force Ÿ Ÿ Tyre Rotation...... 180 Engine Identification Number ...... 194 Ÿ Temperature Control Key ...... 119 Engine Oil and Oil Filter Ÿ Engine Starting ...... 133 Distribution (EBD) System ...... 148 Replacement...... 161 Ÿ Winter Tyres ...... 180 Vehicle Data ...... 195 Ÿ Fan Control Key ...... 119 Ÿ Engine START STOP Function*...... 134 Ÿ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Coolant ...... 162 Ÿ Tyre Chain...... 180 Ÿ Vehicle Tools...... 202 Ÿ Air Distribution Mode ...... 119 Ÿ Cruise Control System *...... 135 System ...... 148 Brake and Clutch Fluid...... 163 Spare Tyre, Jack and Tools ...... 181 Delivery of your Vehicle...... 203-206 Ÿ Front Windshield Defrosting Key .....121 Ÿ Engine Immobilizer System ...... 136 Ÿ ESC OFF Switch ...... 150 Ÿ Brake / Clutch Fluid Adding...... 163 Ÿ Tool Kit...... 181 MG Motor New Vehicle Ÿ Internal / External Ÿ Ÿ Hill-start Hold Control (HHC) Ÿ Ÿ Warranty ...... 207-213 Circulation Mode Key ...... 121 Parking ...... 137 Auto Transmission Clutch Spare Tyre ...... 181 System* ...... 150 Fluid Adding *...... 164 Ÿ MG Roadside Assistance 24x7...... 214-217 Manual Air Conditioning ...... 122 Manual Transmission* ...... 137 Jack Lifting Point...... 181 Ÿ Parking Brake...... 151 Transmission Fluid...... 165 Ÿ Service Coupon ...... 219-230 Ÿ Control Panel...... 122 Operation for Shifting Transmission Tyre Replacement...... 182 with Six Drive Gears to Reverse (R) Ÿ Mechanical Hand Brake* ...... 151 Ÿ Transmission Fluid Leakage Check ....165 Change of Ownership Record ...... 231 Ÿ Temperature Control Knob ...... 123 Jump Start (Dead Battery) ...... 184 Gear ...... 138 Ÿ Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) * ...... 152 Windshield Washer Solvent ...... 165 Maintenance Interval ...... 232-234 Ÿ Vehicle Traction...... 186 Fan Control Knob ...... 123 Ÿ Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) * .... 154 Automatic Dual Clutch Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)...... 166 Ÿ Emergency Trailer...... 187 Maintenance Record Sheet ...... 235-236 Ÿ Air Distribution Mode Button ...... 123 Transmission (DTC) *...... 138 Fuel...... 155 Ÿ MG Motor India Sales and Ÿ Windshield Wiper...... 172 Front Towing Hook ...... 187 Internal Circulation Mode Button...... 123 Ÿ Shifting ...... 139 Ÿ Fuel Suggestions ...... 155 Air Filter ...... 173 Ÿ Rear Towing Hook...... 188 Service Network...... 237-241 Ÿ Rear Windshield Defroster Button* 124 Ÿ Gear ...... 139 Ÿ Fuel Filling ...... 156 Ÿ Ÿ Air Filter Cleaning...... 173 Getting Vehicle Out of Trap...... 189 Air Conditioning (A/C) Button...... 124 Ÿ Gear Display...... 140 VEHICLE SERVICE & Drive Belt...... 173 Vehicle Maintenance...... 189 Ÿ Cool Air ...... 125 Ÿ Vehicle Start...... 141 MAINTENANCE ...... 157-192 Ÿ Warm Air ...... 125 PREFACE KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS Preface Keys, Doors and Windows The vehicle is integrated with advanced How to use the Manual Prompts technologies, safety, environmental Ÿ The contents at the beginning of the Keys ...... 10 Doors...... 17 Ÿ Electrically Folding protection and economy. Note Manual and each section are used for The content marked with “Note” Ÿ Key-in Reminder*...... 11 Ÿ Liftgate ...... 17 Outside Rearview Mirror*...... 24 The Manual provides necessary information to locating specific information. indicates matters need to be noted Ÿ Ÿ Electric Liftgate ...... 17 Ÿ Automatically Folding help you drive your vehicle safely and Remote Control...... 11 Ÿ As for directional data such as front, rear, during vehicle operation. Ignoring such Ÿ Outside Rearview Mirror*...... 24 effectively. Ÿ Vehicle Locating...... 11 External Liftgate Switch ...... 18 left and right, the driving direction shall be information may lead to wrong Ÿ Defrosting of Outside Ÿ Remote Window Lowering...... 11 Ÿ Internal Liftgate Switch ...... 18 The driver shall always note that improper taken as the front. operation. Rearview Mirror*...... 25 Ÿ Remote Opening of Panoramic Sunroof*11 Ÿ Liftgate Closing Switch...... 18 operation of vehicle may cause accidents and Ÿ Some functions described in the Manual Ÿ Inside Rearview Mirror...... 25 Warnings Ÿ Ÿ Kick Type Electric Tailgate ...... 19 injury risks. Moreover, you shall comply with may not be configured for all models, and Activation of Door Lock and Windows ...... 25 the requirements in laws and regulations of The content marked with “Warnings” Anti-theft Mode...... 12 Ÿ Anti-pinch Function of Liftgate...... 19 the Manual may introduce some devices / indicates risks of accidents or injuries. Ÿ Power Window ...... 25 the country. If these requirements are Ÿ Door Unlock and Release of Ÿ functions that are not installed on your Ignoring such information may lead to Inductive Tailgate ...... 20 Ÿ different from those in the Manual, the Anti-theft Mode...... 12 Power Window Switch...... 26 vehicle. injuries. Ÿ Liftgate Service Hole ...... 21 requirements in the laws and regulations shall Ÿ Ÿ Power Window Lock Button...... 27 Ÿ The Manual includes the latest information Lock Function Alarm...... 12 Ÿ Passive Entry Passive Start (PEPS) prevail. Ÿ Sunshade...... 27 available at the time of printing the Manual. Caution Ÿ Automatic Locking of Door ...... 13 System*...... 21 The staff of MG Authorised Service Center Ÿ Auxiliary Handrail ...... 27 The Company has the full authorities to The content marked with “Caution” Ÿ Battery Replacement...... 13 Ÿ Passive Locking ...... 22 have received professional trainings and can indicates possibility of vehicle damage. Sunroof*...... 28 take charge of the amendment to and Door Lock ...... 14 Passive Unlocking / Locking provide complete and satisfactory service for statements on the Manual and reserves Ignoring such information may lead to Power Sunroof*...... 28 vehicle damage. Ÿ External Door Locking and Unlocking.....14 of Liftgate ...... 22 your vehicle. Please contact a nearby MG the right to make changes to the product Ÿ Internal Door Locking and Unlocking...... 15 Engine Hood ...... 23 Sunvisor...... 29 Authorised Service Center if your vehicle without further notice after the Manual is Dangers Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Sun Blind...... 30 needs maintenance or repair. Please refer to printed. Some of pictures in the Manual External / Internal Door Opening...... 15 Opening Engine Hood...... 23 The content marked with “Dangers” Ÿ Sunroof Tilting ...... 30 the Subsection “Network details of MG are illustrations used here only for your Ÿ Child Safety Lock...... 16 Ÿ Closing Engine Hood...... 23 indicates risks of fatal injuries. Ignoring Ÿ Authorised Service Center” for details of reference. Please refer to real objects. Ÿ Central Door Lock System...... 17 Outside Rearview Mirror ...... 24 Sunroof Sliding ...... 30 Service Center Contact. such information may endanger lives. Ÿ Door Lock Thermal Protection...... 17 Ÿ Adjusting Outside Rearview Mirror ...... 24 Please carry the Manual with your vehicle for “*”: asterisk behind a title or text review and reference at any time. If you want “*” indicates that the equipment mentioned is optional, to resell the vehicle, please handover the and your vehicle may not have such equipment. Please Manual to the new owner along with the refer to the actual vehicle for vehicle configuration. vehicle for use when needed. MG Motor India Pvt. Ltd. reserves the copyright of the Manual.

8 PREFACE KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS Preface Keys, Doors and Windows The vehicle is integrated with advanced How to use the Manual Prompts technologies, safety, environmental Ÿ The contents at the beginning of the Keys ...... 10 Doors...... 17 Ÿ Electrically Folding protection and economy. Note Manual and each section are used for The content marked with “Note” Ÿ Key-in Reminder*...... 11 Ÿ Liftgate ...... 17 Outside Rearview Mirror*...... 24 The Manual provides necessary information to locating specific information. indicates matters need to be noted Ÿ Ÿ Electric Liftgate ...... 17 Ÿ Automatically Folding help you drive your vehicle safely and Remote Control...... 11 Ÿ As for directional data such as front, rear, during vehicle operation. Ignoring such Ÿ Outside Rearview Mirror*...... 24 effectively. Ÿ Vehicle Locating...... 11 External Liftgate Switch ...... 18 left and right, the driving direction shall be information may lead to wrong Ÿ Defrosting of Outside Ÿ Remote Window Lowering...... 11 Ÿ Internal Liftgate Switch ...... 18 The driver shall always note that improper taken as the front. operation. Rearview Mirror*...... 25 Ÿ Remote Opening of Panoramic Sunroof*11 Ÿ Liftgate Closing Switch...... 18 operation of vehicle may cause accidents and Ÿ Some functions described in the Manual Ÿ Inside Rearview Mirror...... 25 Warnings Ÿ Ÿ Kick Type Electric Tailgate ...... 19 injury risks. Moreover, you shall comply with may not be configured for all models, and Activation of Door Lock and Windows ...... 25 the requirements in laws and regulations of The content marked with “Warnings” Anti-theft Mode...... 12 Ÿ Anti-pinch Function of Liftgate...... 19 the Manual may introduce some devices / indicates risks of accidents or injuries. Ÿ Power Window ...... 25 the country. If these requirements are Ÿ Door Unlock and Release of Ÿ functions that are not installed on your Ignoring such information may lead to Inductive Tailgate ...... 20 Ÿ different from those in the Manual, the Anti-theft Mode...... 12 Power Window Switch...... 26 vehicle. injuries. Ÿ Liftgate Service Hole ...... 21 requirements in the laws and regulations shall Ÿ Ÿ Power Window Lock Button...... 27 Ÿ The Manual includes the latest information Lock Function Alarm...... 12 Ÿ Passive Entry Passive Start (PEPS) prevail. Ÿ Sunshade...... 27 available at the time of printing the Manual. Caution Ÿ Automatic Locking of Door ...... 13 System*...... 21 The staff of MG Authorised Service Center Ÿ Auxiliary Handrail ...... 27 The Company has the full authorities to The content marked with “Caution” Ÿ Battery Replacement...... 13 Ÿ Passive Locking ...... 22 have received professional trainings and can indicates possibility of vehicle damage. Sunroof*...... 28 take charge of the amendment to and Door Lock ...... 14 Passive Unlocking / Locking provide complete and satisfactory service for statements on the Manual and reserves Ignoring such information may lead to Power Sunroof*...... 28 vehicle damage. Ÿ External Door Locking and Unlocking.....14 of Liftgate ...... 22 your vehicle. Please contact a nearby MG the right to make changes to the product Ÿ Internal Door Locking and Unlocking...... 15 Engine Hood ...... 23 Sunvisor...... 29 Authorised Service Center if your vehicle without further notice after the Manual is Dangers Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Sun Blind...... 30 needs maintenance or repair. Please refer to printed. Some of pictures in the Manual External / Internal Door Opening...... 15 Opening Engine Hood...... 23 The content marked with “Dangers” Ÿ Sunroof Tilting ...... 30 the Subsection “Network details of MG are illustrations used here only for your Ÿ Child Safety Lock...... 16 Ÿ Closing Engine Hood...... 23 indicates risks of fatal injuries. Ignoring Ÿ Authorised Service Center” for details of reference. Please refer to real objects. Ÿ Central Door Lock System...... 17 Outside Rearview Mirror ...... 24 Sunroof Sliding ...... 30 Service Center Contact. such information may endanger lives. Ÿ Door Lock Thermal Protection...... 17 Ÿ Adjusting Outside Rearview Mirror ...... 24 Please carry the Manual with your vehicle for “*”: asterisk behind a title or text review and reference at any time. If you want “*” indicates that the equipment mentioned is optional, to resell the vehicle, please handover the and your vehicle may not have such equipment. Please Manual to the new owner along with the refer to the actual vehicle for vehicle configuration. vehicle for use when needed. MG Motor India Pvt. Ltd. reserves the copyright of the Manual.

8 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Keys Type I Type III Detachable Type Foldable Type Remote Control : Liftgate Unlock Button. Press and hold for about 2s; open the liftgate, and the hazard warning lamp will flash once. Note The functioning range of the remote control may be different due to e n v i r o n m e n t a l r e a s o n s . R a d i o interference signals and barriers will affect the remote control functions. Vehicle Locating Press the remote lock button quickly for two As shown in the figure, press the release The effective distance of remote control is Type II Each new vehicle is provided with two keys. times to activate the vehicle locating function, button, and the mechanical key will pop up about 15m without shielding. When the Please reserve one key for spare. and the hazard warning lamp will flash for 20 automatically. ignition key is plugged in the switch or the For the sake of safety, please keep the key times. ENGINE START STOP Switch is at ACC or number plate in a safe place to prevent from Fold the mechanical key after use. ON position, the remote control does not Remote Window Lowering illegal key making. Key-in Reminder * function. Press and hold the unlock button for about 2s Different models may be provided with If the driver’s door is opened when the ignition : Remote Lock Button. Press the button to lower all windows automatically and in turn. different keys. Please refer to real key. key is at LOCK position and is not pulled out, once to lock all doors after all doors are Remote Opening of Panoramic the instrument will ring for prompt. The closed; the hazard warning lamp will flash Sunroof* Caution function reminds you to take the key with you twice, and the vehicle is at anti-theft state. Do not leave the key in the vehicle. Take when you leave the vehicle. If the vehicle is configured with a panoramic the key with you when you leave the : Remote Unlock Button. Press the button sunroof, press the unlock button of the vehicle. once to unlock all doors; the hazard warning remote control for about 2s, the sun blind and As shown in the figure above, turn the release lamp will flash once, Anti-theft state is sunroof will be opened automatically. Note switch 1 on the key first, and then pull out the released. If the key is lost, please contact to MG mechanical key 2 . Authorised Service Center. Plug back the mechanical key after use.

10 11 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Activation of Door Lock and Anti-theft Lock Function Alarm Automatic Locking of Door Mode make the hazard warning lamp flash and The horn will buzz thrice and the hazard When all doors are closed and the vehicle for replacement with the vehicle, the existing • Interference by external environment and 1. Close all the windows. emit warning sound. warning lamp will flash thrice to indicate that speed exceeds 10 km/h, all doors will be remote control shall also be matched with the other high-power radio signals (such as the doors are not locked successfully if the locked automatically. 2. Turn the ignition key to LOCK position • To stop warning sound new code. After the new remote control is base station and launch tower); and pull out the key (if mechanical ignition remote lock button is pressed or passive coded electronically, the lost remote control Press and hold the lock, unlock or liftgate Automatic Re-locking • Signal blocking by other barriers. key is configured). locking is conducted when the door lock will not unlock your vehicle. For Type I key, 3 button on the transmitter for about 2s or conditions are not met. These situations With the key not in the ignition switch, the transmitters can be configured at most each Battery Replacement 3. All passengers leave the vehicle. vehicle will activate re-locking if the alarm is turn the key to ON position to top the include: time; for Type II and III keys, 4 transmitters can Inside the key remote control, there is a 4. Close all doors and the engine hood. warning sound; if not, the warning sound disarmed but any of the doors and liftgate is 1. There is a door not closed (including be configured at most each time. lithium battery whose service life is 2 years will be ended automatically after 30s, and not opened within 30s after the vehicle is 5. Press and release the remote lock button. liftgate) Signal Transmission Autostop Function generally. When the remote control distance All doors are locked. The hazard warning the anti-theft mode is activated again. If under the armed state successfully. 2. The door lock is under thermal of Remote Control is shortened gradually (i.e. must get closer to lamp will flash twice, and the immobilizer the system fails to do so, it is Ignition OFF Unlocking the vehicle), it indicates a low battery. The key protection The remote control has the signal is activated. recommended to have the system battery cannot be charged. After the battery When the doors are locked, they will be transmission autostop function which can checked by the MG Authorised Service 3. The ignition switch is not at the LOCK runs out, please go to the MG Authorised As for a vehicle configured with ENGINE unlocked automatically if the ignition switch is prevent unnecessary battery loss caused by Center. position Service Center to have the battery changed. START STOP function, only when the ignition turned from ON position to ACC or LOCK misoperation and other reasons. switch is at LOCK position can the Door Unlock and Release of Anti-theft 4. The passive entry system (if configured) position. Battery model: CR2032. Mode detects a legal key in the vehicle. Long press any button on the remote control transmitter activates the immobilizer system. Remote Control 1. Press the unlock button on the remote for over 10s, the remote control will stop Note Note control once. Caution Each remote control has its own electronic transmitting signals automatically. To ensure normal functioning of the code to prevent the doors being opened with remote control, please follow the The anti-theft mode must be activated • All doors are unlocked. Never leave a child or pet unattended in If the button is released, the signal with the transmitter. the vehicle. Otherwise, it may cause other remote controls. transmission autostop function is deactivated. following rules: • The hazard warning lamp flashes once. i n j u r i e s o r d e a t h d u e t o h i g h If the remote control is lost or stolen, please • Avoid dropping the remote control. • The anti-theft state is released. temperature in the vehicle. Fault • Warning sound contact the MG Authorised Service Center to • Please do not place a heavy object on If the remote control cannot function Under the anti-theft state, when the 2. Press and hold the liftgate open button for buy a new one as soon as possible. If you need the remote control. normally, it may be caused by the following unlock button on the transmitter is not 2s. to replace one or more remote controls, reasons: • Make sure the remote control is away pressed and any of the doors or liftgate is • The liftgate is opened. please bring with the existing remote from water or direct sunlight. If the control(s) when you go to the MG Authorised • Out of remote control working range; forced opened in an abnormal way • The hazard warning lamp flashes once. remote control is socked, please wipe (including use of a key), the system will Service Center. When the MG Authorised • Excessively low remote control battery; with soft cloth. • The anti-theft state is released. Service Center matches the remote control

12 13 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Door Lock External Door Locking and Unlocking Internal Door Locking and Unlocking External / Internal Door Opening To open doors from inside or outside, unlock the doors first, and pull the external or internal door handles. When the doors are locked, pulling the internal door handle twice can open the doors. A child shall sit on the rear seat, and the door shall be locked with the child safety lock. Door Locking Method in Case of Vehicle Outage

As shown in the figure above, the lockhole on To lock a door outside of the vehicle with a As shown in the figure, for type I I I, when the As shown in the figure, a central door lock the left front door external handle is hidden key, plug the key and rotate it clockwise. door is locked or unlocked with a key from switch is set on the middle of the instrument under the trim cover. The trim cover needs to Rotate the key couterclockwise to unlock the outside the vehicle, the key piece is first passed panel. To lock doors from inside, press the be removed first if the key is used to open the door. through the hole of the key to rotate the key lock button on the central door lock switch. door; for example, the remote control is lost piece. Caution To unlock doors from inside, press the unlock or out of power. button on the central door lock switch. Do not leave a child or pet alone in the Below the trim cover, there is a small hole. vehicle. Otherwise, severe casualty will Note If the lock button indicator is on, it means the Plug the key in the hole and press inward; at be caused. The child may operate power When you leave the vehicle unattended, doors are locked; if the indicator is off, it the same time, prize up the trim cover windows or other control buttons or you must lock all doors and liftgate and means the doors are unlocked. outward to remove the cover. even drive the vehicle. take the key with you. If the doors and For installation, press the trim cover inward to Do not leave the child with a key in the liftgate are unlocked, the vehicle may be fasten it. vehicle. Such behaviors may cause severe stolen. Please park your vehicle in an In case of vehicle outage (for example, the casualties. attended place. It is recommended not battery is out of power or its positive and to leave valuables in the vehicle to negative poles are disconnected), the central prevent losses due to unforeseen door lock system does not function, and you circumstances. need to lock side doors manually one by one.

14 15 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Doors Child Safety Lock To activate the child safety lock: Liftgate As shown in the figure above, open the right Walk Away Lock / Approach Unlock* External Liftgate Switch Liftgate Opening with Remote Key front door and two rear doors, and find the Press the remote key liftgate opening key for Walk Away Lock internal knobs of locks (not the knob of child about 3s to unlock the liftgate when the engine safety lock). is shut down. Rotate the knobs outward with a key, and To lock the liftgate, you need to close it and Approach Unlock close the doors. At last, pull the external Vehicle Setting then lock it. handles to ensure that the doors are locked. Electric Liftgate* At this time, please pull the internal handle once first if you want to open the door. Before opening the liftgate, make sure that the vehicle stops, the gear is in parking gear, and The Central Lock can also be operated by For the left front door, please plug the key in the handbrake is pulled to avoid any damage. the external door handle and rotate the key Walk Away Lock* / Approach Unlock* For AT model, you can operate the liftgate in clockwise to lock the door. Please refer to the The rear doors are equipped with child safety 1. Open the rear door that you want to lock. function. This function can be activated/ deactivated from Head Unit. The vehicle Gear P. content in the Subsection “External Door locks. 2. Find the child safety lock hole on the door automatically locks if you move away by more As shown in the figure, the liftgate release Locking and Unlocking”. The function of the child safety lock is to edge and near the middle position. than 1 metre (vehicle ignition off & all doors switch is above the liftgate license plate. prevent passengers (especially children) from Warning 3. Plug the key and rotate as per the arrow to close). When the liftgate is to be opened, firstly, Note pulling the door handle to open the rear door. Make sure that your and other persons' the lock position. If you come within 1 metre range of vehicle unlock the door, and then press the switch to If there is noise while opening/closing bodies are out of the opening range of the When the child safety lock is activated, you (Center lock condition) the vehicle will get unlock the liftgate, and open the liftgate. doors or driving, apply lubricating grease Note liftgate, your or other persons' hands and need to pull the external door handle to open on the door catches and hinges. The two rear doors are equipped with a unlocked automatically provided you have a According to the vehicle configuration, for the other body parts are out of the closing child safety lock respectively. They the door. To deactivate the child safety lock, valid smart key. vehicles equipped with PEPS, you can directly range of the liftgate to avoid any personal function separately and must be please plug the key and rotate to the unlock carry the remote key to approach the liftgate, injury during liftgate opening or closing. activated manually and respectively. position. Door Lock Thermal Protection and press the switch to open the liftgate when If the doors are unlocked / locked for over 10 the vehicle is locked. Note Central Door Lock System The central door lock system enables you to times within 8s, the locks will be prohibited for When the child safety lock is activated, lock and unlock all doors with the remote 10s to protect them. do not attempt to pull the internal door control or the central door lock switch from handle to open the door. Otherwise, the door handle may be damaged. inside. 16 17 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

External Liftgate Switch Internal Liftgate Switch Liftgate Closing Switch Kick Type Electric Tailgate* 2. During liftgate closing, when any obstacle (such as personnel) with stronger resistance is in the resistance anti-pinch zone, as shown in Figure ②, the liftgate enters the anti-pinch mode. The liftgate opens reversely to the preset stopping point. Note For the anti-pinch function of the liftgate, a better anti-pinch cannot be realized at In the liftgate open state, press the liftgate every position. The position closer to the closing switch, as shown in the figure. The liftgate hinge has a stronger anti-pinch liftgate automatically closes after two prompt In the unlocked state of the door, stand behind Anti-pinch Function of Liftgate force. Please keep your finger or other Firstly, unlock the vehicle, and press the Press the switch. The liftgate automatically tones. The locking sound and two flashes of the tailgate, use your instep to reach below the body parts away from the range of switch. The liftgate automatically opens after opens after two prompt tones. When the hazard warning lamp represent that the liftgate rear license plate position, and then retract it movement to avoid any personal injury. two prompt tones. When the liftgate is to be liftgate is to be closed, press the switch. The is closed and locked. to complete a correct triggering action. After closed, press the switch. The liftgate liftgate automatically closes after two prompt During liftgate opening or closing, press this Liftgate Antiplay automatically closes after two prompt tones. the two beeps sound, the tailgate opens or tones. The locking sound and two flashes of switch shortly. The liftgate will stop at the Before the liftgate is not completely locked, if The locking sound and two flashes of hazard closes slowly. hazard warning lamp represent that the liftgate present position. the anti-pinch strip is triggered for 3 times, warning lamp represent that the liftgate is When you close the tailgate, you hear a lock is closed and locked. Setting of liftgate opening height: Adjust the then the liftgate enters antiplay mode. The closed and locked. sound and the hazard warning light flashes twice, opening height slowly manually after the liftgate stops moving, and the switch is invalid. Caution indicating that the tailgate is closed and locked. liftgate is open. Press this switch for 3s after Please close the liftgate manually. Before driving, please make sure that the adjustment, and hear a prompt tone to end the With the door locked, if you have a key on liftgate is closed and locked. When setting. The subsequent liftgate opens to this your body, you can kick and open and close the 1. During liftgate closing, when any obstacle leaving the vehicle, make sure that the height to stop. tailgate directly. (such as finger) touches the anti-pinch liftgate is closed and locked, and the strip in the zone, as shown in Figure ①, it vehicle is locked. You can also pull the liftgate to close with Note hands. When a certain speed is reached, the The vehicle should be in locked condition triggers the anti-pinch function. The liftgate will enter the electric closing mode. while washing. The tailgate may open by liftgate opens reversely to the preset underbody jet pressure / bucket flush. stopping point.

18 19 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Inductive Tailgate* Liftgate Service Hole Caution Passive Entry The inductive Tailgate can be opened without Detect and Alert Warning If the operation is correct, but the liftgate cannot be opened and closed normally touching the vehicle. The Tailgate operates if the smart key is Do not approach the detecting area if you with qualified conditions to open and detected within 50 ~ 100 cm from the tailgate. do not want the tailgate to open. If you close the electric liftgate, it is have unintentionally entered the How to use the Inductive Tailgate The alert stops at once if the smart key is recommended to drive to the nearest detecting area and the hazard warning The tailgate can be opened with no-touch positioned outside the detecting area during Aftersales Service Center for repair. activation satisfying all the conditions below. the Detect and Alert to customer. lights and beep starts, leave the detecting area after checking the tailgate is in 1. The power supply of the vehicle is in the If you are positioned in the detecting area 50 closed condition. Passive Entry Passive Start (PEPS) OFF ~100 cm behind the vehicle carrying the System* vehicle key, the hazard warning lights will blink 2. The speed is less than 2km or the vehicle's High-configured models are equipped with for about 3 seconds to alert you the smart key gearbox is in P gear PEPS system. You can lock or unlock the has been detected and the tailgate will open. 3. Driver side and Tailgate Door locked If other liftgate opening methods are invalid, doors conveniently only by taking the remote 4. The legal key is near the Tailgate the liftgate can be opened for service as per control key with you and getting to the certain When the doors are locked and the ignition the following steps: ranges of the front doors or liftgate. You can switch is at LOCK position, bring a legal key Automatic Opening 1. Fold the rear seat backrests, and get to the lock or unlock remotely without taking your and get close to the front door handle (within The hazard warning lights will beep 2 times and trunk. key out from your pocket. 1.2 m); press the button on the handle, and the flash 1 time and tailgate will slowly open. 2. Open the trim cover outside the liftgate system will certify with the key. Once certified lock, as shown in the figure above. successfully, the system will unlock all doors. Automatic Closing 3. Insert a very small straight screwdriver The hazard warning lamp flashes once. If the Tailgate is closed, there will be 2 beeps. into the rightmost end of the slot and After all the doors are locked, there will be 2 move the lever in the slot leftward. The double flashes. liftgate is opened when an unlock sound is heard.

20 21 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Passive Unlocking / Locking of Liftgate Engine Hood Passive Locking Passive Unlocking Passive Locking Opening Engine Hood When all doors are closed and the ignition If the doors are locked, when the liftgate is 2. After the engine hood is opened slightly, 2. Make sure that your or other persons’ switch is at LOCK position, bring a legal key closed, the system will search automatically stretch out the hand to the lower side of hands or other body parts are away from and get close to the front door handle (within whether there is a legal key in the vehicle. If the engine hood front edge. Pull the engine the engine compartment, engine hood 1.2 m); press the button on the handle, and the there is no legal key in the vehicle, the liftgate hood release handle upward as shown in and vehicle body edges. system will certify with the key. Once certified will be locked automatically. The hazard the figure to open the engine hood 3. Slowly drop the engine hood, and release successfully, the system will lock all doors. The warning lamp flashes twice. If there is a key in completely. hazard warning lamp flashes twice. the vehicle, the system will send warning it when the engine hood front edge is about 30 cm vertically from the top cross The system will send warning prompt, the prompt, the horn will buzz thrice and the member of the water tank to let it fall horn will buzz thrice and the hazard warning hazard warning lamp will flash thrice; the four freely. lamp will flash thrice to indicate that the doors side doors will be unlocked automatically. are not locked when you press the button on Please take away the key in the vehicle, and 4. Always check and confirm that the engine the door handle in case of the following lock the doors again. hood is locked in place. situations: If the doors are unlocked, the liftgate can only When the doors are locked and the ignition 1. Pull the engine hood release handle on the be locked after closing the liftgate and locking 1. There is a door not closed; switch is at LOCK position, bring a legal key left lower side of the instrument panel. Caution the doors. Please remember to lock the 2. The ignition switch is not at LOCK and get close to the liftgate (within 1.2 m); • Pull the engine hood front edge doors. position; press the liftgate release switch, and the before driving to make sure that the 3. There is a key in the vehicle. engine hood is locked. system will certify with the key. Once certified Caution Check one by one, and then lock again. • Do not pull the engine hood release successfully, the system will unlock the liftgate, handle when the vehicle is moving. and the liftgate pops open. Before driving, please make sure that the liftgate is closed and locked. • Do not drive the vehicle when the If the doors are already unlocked, the liftgate 3. Separate the engine hood prop rod from engine hood is open. If the engine the fixing clamp. Plug the free end of the hood is open, the driver’s sight will can be opened by pressing the liftgate release Note switch directly (unnecessary to bring the key prop rod in the slot. be blocked. Warning If the remote control battery is low, the and get close to the liftgate). Closing Engine Hood Driving when the engine hood is open passive entry / locking function may fail, may cause a collision accident, damaging When opening the liftgate, make sure 1. Support the engine hood to prevent it that all body parts are not within the and you can use the mechanical key to your vehicle or other properties or from closing, and take the prop rod out leading to casualties. opening range after hearing a prompt lock / unlock doors. Please replace the from the slot. Then, fix the rod in the tone of opening, to avoid any personal remote control battery as soon as fixing clamp. injury during liftgate opening. possible.

22 23 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Outside Rearview Mirror Windows Please check the visual field of all rearview Inside Rearview Mirror Power Window mirrors before driving. 3. After adjustment, recover the selector If the electric folding button is pressed, the rearview mirror will be unfolded smoothly. If When the ignition switch is at ON position, you Adjusting Outside Rearview Mirror switch to non-pressed state (both ends outside rearview mirror will not be unfolded the freeze is not removed, the freeze will can control the power window with the power not pressed). automatically when the doors are unlocked. hinder the movement of the rearview mirror, window switch on the door armrest panel. You Electrically Folding Deactivating Automatic Folding damaging the mirror. can also use the combination switch on the Outside Rearview Mirror* Function of Outside Rearview Mirror* If the outside rearview mirror glass is frozen, driver’s side to control other power windows. In frosty weather, the outside rearview mirror please remove the freeze first, and then use The windows can also be controlled with the and its spindle may be frozen in folded state, the defrosting function for auxiliary heating power window switches within 30s after the and the mirror cannot be unfolded. That will and deicing. If the freeze is not removed, the ignition switch is turned from ON position to affect your driving. Therefore, we suggest you freeze will hinder the movement of the ACC or LOCK position or the key is pulled out. deactivate the automatic folding function of rearview mirror while adjusting the mirror, the outside rearview mirror temporarily in icy causing damage to the mirror. Caution winter to let the mirror maintained in Children may operate the power window Folding Adjust the rearview mirror to an appropriate unfolded state. and may get stuck by the window when To ensure the pedestrian's safety, the outside angle manually. The rearview mirror of some Method: Enter the Setting Mode à Auto rearview mirror can be folded forward or they operate it. The power outside rearview mirror models has anti-dazzling function which can ORVM and set to “OFF”. Thus, the outside backward from its normal mounting position Do not leave a key or an unattended child adjustment switch is on the left side of the reduce the dazzling effect from vehicles behind rearview mirror will not be folded under sufficient impact force. It can be moved in the vehicle. instrument panel. Adjust the outside rearview at night. Turn the switch at the rearview automatically when the doors are locked. and reset manually. Misoperation of the power window may mirror as per the following steps: mirror bottom forward to activate the anti- Press the electric folding button to fold the Notes to Electrical Folding of Frozen dazzling mode. Please remember to turn the cause casualties. 1. Select the rearview mirror to be Defrosting of Outside Rearview Mirror* outside rearview mirror automatically. Outside Rearview Mirror switch back at day time. adjusted. Press the “L” or “R” on the The outside rearview mirror of some models Press the button once again, and the mirror selector switch to adjust the left or right If the outside rearview mirror and its spindle is configured with defrosting function. Press will be unfolded automatically. Note outside rearview mirror. are frozen, please remove the freeze first, and the rear defrost button on the A/C control Automatically Folding Outside use the electric folding/unfolding functions. The anti-dazzling mode will reduce the 2. Press the buttons (△) around the setting panel for defrosting. Refer to the content of Rearview Mirror* For example, if the mirror is frozen after the the rear defrost button in the Chapter vision clarity behind the vehicle. Please pan to adjust the selected rearview The outside rearview mirror will be folded vehicle is parked outdoors for a night in “HVAC”. drive carefully. mirror upward, downward, leftward and automatically when the doors are locked. It winter, please remove the freeze first, and use rightward. will be unfolded automatically when the doors the remote control or the passive entry are unlocked. button to unlock doors. Then, the outside

24 25 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Power Window Switch Power Window Lock Button Sunshade Auxiliary Handrail One-button Lowering of Driver’s Side Remote Lowering of Power Window Power Window Press and hold the unlock button on the The driver’s side power window has the one- remote control key for about 2s to lower all button lowering function. Press the switch to window glass in turn. the bottom and release, and the window will Initialization Learning of Driver’s Side be lowered to the fully-open position Power Window* automatically. To stop lowering the window, The driver’s side window may lose the one- pull upward the button and release (short pull button rising and lowering functions in some is ok). cases, such as battery connection after One-button Rising of Driver’s Side disconnection. In case of such outage, the Power Window* window initialization learning shall be To raise the window, pull upward the switch. The driver’s side power window of some conducted first. First, pull upward the driver’s The power window lock button can lock the Your vehicle is configured with sunshade Above the front passenger’s side door and To lower the window, press down the switch. models has the one-button raising function. side switch till the window glass is closed front passenger’s side and rear power window which can reduce dazzling effect on the driver rear doors, an auxiliary handrail is installed. When the window reaches the desired To close the window, pull upward the switch completely, and continue to pull upward the switches. Press the button, and other power and passengers. The handrail of some models is equipped with position, release the switch. to the top and release, and the window will be switch for at least 5s and release it. Now the window switches are locked. The windows The sunshade can move upward, downward a clothes hook. raised automatically to the fully-close position. initialization learning is completed. If the one- can only be operated with the driver’s side and sideward. The auxiliary handrail is convenient for To stop raising the window, press down the button raising or lowering function is still window control panel. passengers to get in and out of the vehicle. The Caution button and release (short press is ok). Depending on the configuration, the sunshade unavailable after initialization learning, it is Press the button once again, and the lock can may be equipped with a bill fold and vanity passengers can also grab the handrail to help If an occupant stretch his / her body out of Anti-pinch Function of Driver’s Side recommended to drive to the MG Authorised the vehicle, he/she may be hit by objects be released. mirror. maintain the sitting position when the vehicle Power Window* Service Center for check and repair. speed is fast. passing by. Caution Do not stretch any body part out of the The power window that has the one-button While using the auxiliary handrail, hold it Children may operate the power window vehicle. rising function also has the anti-pinch function downward. When it is released, it will return and may get stuck by the window when to reduce pinching injuries. The power automatically. window will be lowered automatically for a they operate it or may get out of the distance in case of any obstruction in its one- vehicle from the window, leading severe button rising process. causalities. Please use the power window lock when there is a child in the vehicle.

26 27 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Sunroof* Power Sunroof* Sunvisor Sunroof Sliding When the ignition switch is at ON position, stops moving, or push the front end of the • To completely close the tilted sunroof, sunroof is completely closed, press and hold the power sunroof can be operated. switch once quickly and then release press and hold the rear end of the switch, the front end of the switch; release the switch (operate within 0.3s). and release the switch when the sunroof temporarily and then continue to press and Caution reaches the desired position but is not hold the switch for at least 5s when the Always observe the following notes: Sunroof Tilting completely closed. To completely close sunroof glass tilts completely; finally, release • Do not stretch out the body or any the sunroof, release the switch when the the switch. At this time, the sunroof glass will object out of the sunroof. sunroof stops moving, or press the rear shake slightly, indicating that the initialization • Please ensure that there is no object end of the switch once quickly and then learning is completed. If the one-button in and out of the sunroof before the release (operate within 0.3s). opening of closing function is still unavailable sunroof is opened or closed. One-button Opening or Closing of after initialization learning, it is recommended • Do not place a heavy object on or Sunroof to drive to the MG Authorised Service Center around the sunroof. While operating the sunroof switch, you can for check and repair. • To slide open the sunroof, push the rear The sunroof visor can only be opened and • Make sure that there is no rubbish press the front or rear end of the switch once end of the switch once quickly and release closed manually. on the outer side of the sunroof. quickly (operate within 0.3s), and the sunroof (operate within 0.3s). After the sunroof will be closed or opened automatically. Panoramic Sunroof* • When the vehicle is left unattended, reaches the desired position, push the the sunroof must be closed. The panoramic sunroof is composed of two front end or rear end of the switch again, Sunroof Anti-pinch Function parts—the front part is tiltable and slidable All occupants must buckle seat belts in all or push and hold the rear end, and release The sunroof will retract to prevent pinching • To tilt open the sunroof, press the front and the rear part is fixed. cases no matter whether the sunroof is the switch after the sunroof reaches the persons when it contacts a certain rigid opened or closed. end of the switch when the sunroof is desired position. completely closed, and release the obstacle (such as the arm and head) in its one- If the notes above are not observed, button closing process. severe injuries or vehicle damage will be • To slide close the sunroof, push and hold switch when the sunroof reaches the caused. the front end of the switch, and release the desired position. To completely tilt the Sunroof Initialization Learning switch when the sunroof reaches the sunroof, press and hold the front end of The sunroof may lose its one-button opening desired position but is not completely the switch, and release the switch when or closing function in some cases, such as closed. To completely close the sunroof, the sunroof stops moving, or press the replacement of sunroof glass or motor. In case push and hold the front end of the switch, front end of the switch once quickly of such outage, the sunroof initialization and release the switch when the sunroof (operate within 0.3s). learning shall be conducted first. When the

28 29 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

Sun Blind Sunroof Tilting switch when the sunroof stops moving. You To slide close the sunroof, push the sunroof certain rigid obstacle (such as the arm and Shutdown Delay Function can also push the sunroof switch (short press) switch forward, and release the switch when head) in their one-button closing or remote Within 30s upon vehicle shutdown, the forward once quickly, and the sunroof will be the sunroof reaches the desired position. To closing process. sunroof and sun blind can be closed with closed automatically completely close the sunroof, release the Remote Sunroof Opening buttons but cannot be opened. switch when the sunroof stops moving. You Press the unlock button of the remote control Linkage Function Sunroof Sliding can also push the sunroof switch forward once for about 2s, the sun blind and sunroof will quickly (short press), and the sunroof will be The linkage function of the sunroof and sun blind completely be opened automatically. slided close automatically. enables passengers in the vehicle to see the Sunroof Initialization Learning sunroof glass position when the sunroof is One-button Opening or Closing The sunroof or the sun blind may lose its one- opened and to avoid forgetting to close the Push the switch once quickly (short press) button opening or closing function in some sunroof when the passengers leave the vehicle. while operating the sunroof switch, and the cases, such as replacement of sunroof glass or When the sunroof sun blind is completed s u n r o o f c a n b e c l o s e d o r o p e n e d Press the open or close button of the sun blind The front part of the sunroof can be tilted. motor. In such cases, the sunroof or sun blind closed, the sun blind will move the half-open automatically. to slide open or close the sun blind. When it To tilt open the sunroof, push the sunroof initialization learning is necessary. position along with the sunroof if the sunroof In the process of opening, push the switch reaches the desired position, release the switch backward when the sunroof is Method: Move the sunroof or sun blind to switch is pushed backward and held. If the backward once quickly (short press) to tilt button. completely closed, and release the switch the completely close position; push the button is released in the long pressing process, open the sunroof; push again to slide open the Short press the button, and the sun blind can when the sunroof reaches the desired sunroof switch forward for about 10s or press the glass will stop moving immediately, and the sunroof. be opened or closed automatically. position. To completely tilt open the sunroof, the close button of the sun blind for about 10s; sun blind will move to the half-open position The sunroof can be slided open backward push and hold the switch, and then release the In the process of closing, push the switch when the operation sound of the sunroof and then stop. after it is completely tilted open. switch when the sunroof stops moving. forward once quickly (short press), and the mechanism is heard, the sunroof or sun blind When the sunroof glass is completely opened, You can also push the sunroof switch (short To slide open the sunroof, push the sunroof sunroof will be completely closed initialization learning is completed. If the one- if the sun blind close button is long pressed, press) backward once quickly, and the sunroof switch backward, and release the switch when automatically. button opening or closing function still cannot the glass will be closed along with the sun will be tilted open automatically. the sunroof reaches the desired position. You To stop in the process of automatic opening be recovered after initialization learning, blind. If the button is released in long pressing can also push the sunroof switch backward To close the titled sunroof, push the sunroof or closing, push the switch once. please drive to the MG Authorised Service process, the glass will stop moving, and the sun once quickly (short press), and the sunroof switch forward, and release the switch when Anti-pinch Function Center for check and repair. blind will stop moving (not reaching the half- will be slided open automatically. open position) or return to the half-open the sunroof reaches the desired position. To The sunroof and the sun blind will retract to position (exceeding the half-open position) completely close the sunroof, release the reduce pinching risks when they contact a

30 31 KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS KEYS, DOORS AND WINDOWS

30 31 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES Seats and Protective Devices

Headrest ...... 34 7 Seat Variant...... 39 Ÿ Position...... 34 Ÿ Seat Backrest Adjustment and Folding39 Ÿ Height Adjustment...... 34 Ÿ Seat Overturn ...... 39 Front Seat...... 34 Ÿ Seat Backrest Folding...... 40 Ÿ Seat Position and Backrest Ÿ Seat Layout Diagram...... 40 Normal Condition ...... 34 Seat Belt ...... 40 Seat Position Adjustment ...... 35 Ÿ Wearing...... 41 Ÿ Manual Adjustment Type*...... 35 Ÿ Height Adjustment*...... 42 Ÿ Electric Adjustment Type*...... 35 Ÿ Unbuckle ...... 42 Seat Backrest Adjustment...... 36 Ÿ Middle Row / Rear Row Seat Belt...... 42 Ÿ Manual Adjustment Type*...... 36 Ÿ Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy...... 43 Ÿ Electric Adjustment Type*...... 36 Child Seat ...... 44 Ÿ Ventilation Seat Control Button...... 36 Ÿ Child Restraint System Type...... 44 Driver’s Seat Height Adjustment...... 37 Ÿ ISOFIX ...... 45 Ÿ Manual Adjustment Type* ...... 37 Table of Vehicle Handbook Information Ÿ Electric Adjustment Type*...... 37 on Child Restraint Systems...... 47 Seat Backrest Adjustment Air Bag System ...... 48 and Folding ...... 37 Ÿ Air Bag Indicator ...... 48 Rear Seat ...... 38 Air Bag Position ...... 49 Ÿ Rear Seat (5-Seat Model) ...... 38 Ÿ Frontal Air Bag ...... 49 Ÿ Armrest...... 38 Ÿ Side Air Bag* ...... 49 Ÿ Middle Row Seat ...... 38 Ÿ Side Curtain Air Bag ...... 49

32 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES Seats and Protective Devices

32 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Headrest Front Seat Seat Position Adjustment Position Height Adjustment Seat Position and Backrest Manual Adjustment Type* Electric Adjustment Type* Normal Condition • The seat height shall be so set that the occupant can see all directions and the positions of all display instruments. The head must be at least one hand away from the roof lining The thighs are right on the seat without constriction.

Warning Correctly adjust the seat before driving the vehicle. Never adjust the seat when the vehicle is Pull upward the adjustment lever on the front As shown in the figure, the electric adjustment The middle position of the headrest should be To adjust the headrest upward, pull the • When you sit on the seat, make your hips lower part of the seat to adjust the seat switch is on the outer side of the seat. Push the on the same horizontal line as the occupant’s headrest upward to a proper position and fix as close to the backrest as possible. Adjust running because the seat may not move as controlled. forward or backward, and release the lever switch forward or backward, and the seat will eyes. For tall persons, if the above point it. To remove the headrest, press and hold the the distance between the seat and the after the seat is adjusted to a proper position. move forward or backward accordingly. cannot be met, the headrest shall be adjusted release switch. pedal to make your leg slightly bend when Try to slide the seat forward and backward to Release the switch when it reaches a proper to the highest position; for short persons, the To adjust the headrest downward, press and you press the pedal. The passenger’s seat ensure that the seat is locked at a proper position. headrest shall be adjusted to the lowest hold the release switch and push the headrest shall slide as backward as possible. position. position. downward to a proper position; then, release • When you sit on the seat, make your Note the release switch for fixation. shoulders lean on the backrest as backward Warning If the seat does not move when the Pay attention not to press the headrest as possible. Set the backrest inclination switch is pushed, the seat may be already angle to make your arm conveniently to Before driving, make sure that the forcibly to avoid injuring the finger pressing at the front or rear limit position, or the reach the steering wheel while slightly headrest is adjusted properly. the release switch. vehicle battery is out of power. Please bending the arm. Keep the shoulders check for confirmation. Never turn the Removal or improper adjustment of the leaning against the backrest while turning headrest will cause severe injuries to the the steering wheel. The backrest shall not switch forcibly to avoid damaging it. head and neck in collision accidents. incline excessively backward.

34 35 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Seat Backrest Adjustment Driver’s Seat Height Adjustment Seat Backrest Adjustment and Folding Manual Adjustment Type* Electric Adjustment Type* Ventilation Seat Control Button Manual Adjustment Type* Electric Adjustment Type*

Pull up the handle near the seat cushion; adjust As shown in the figure, turn the adjustment Some variants of vehicles have the ventilation Turn the handle on the outer side of the seat As shown in the figure, rotate the height The seat backrest inclination angle is the backrest inclination angle to a proper switch forward and backward, and the function for the front seats. As shown in the upward and downward until the seat is adjustment switch on the outer side of the seat adjustable within a certain range. position; then, release the handle. Please do backrest will be folded forward or unfolded image, the control button for ventilation is adjusted to the desired height. While adjusting cushion, and then release the switch after the First hold the backrest with hands because the not lean on the seat backrest while adjusting. backward. Release the switch when it is located in the side of console. Press the button the seat height, the seat must be loaded. seat is adjusted to proper height. backrest will be folded quickly and may cause After adjusting the seat backrest, try to shake adjusted to a proper position. to active the ventilation function, meanwhile 3 Therefore, please sit on the seat before The electrically-adjustable front passenger’s impact or injuries after the backrest release LED lights are on and with the maximum fan the backrest to ensure that the backrest is Warning adjustment; otherwise the adjustment device seat cannot be adjusted upward or downward. belt is pulled up. Then, pull the backrest locked. speed; press the button again, it remains 2 LED may be damaged. release drawstring on the seat side backward, The backrest plays an important lights on and with medium fan speed; press the and release the drawstring after a proper angle protection role when the vehicle is button again, only 1 LED light on and with is obtained. Note running. Unlocked backrest may cause minimum fan speed; press button again, the To fold the seat backrest, pull up the If the backrest does not move when the severe personal injuries in case of sudden ventilation function will be turned off. drawstring and fold the backrest forward. switch is turned, the backrest may be braking or a collision. Customer could adjust the fan speed to get the already at its limit position, or the vehicle Any time after adjusting the seat appropriate ventilation performance and keep Overturning the seat cushion first and then battery is out of power. Please check for backrest, shake the backrest to check a comfortable driving experience. folding the backrest can fold flat the backrest confirmation. Never turn the switch whether it is locked even though no to the greatest extent. forcibly to avoid damaging it. passenger occupies the seat.

36 37 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Rear Seat 7 Seat Variant Rear Seat (5 Seat Model) Middle Row Seat Seat Backrest Adjustment and Folding Seat Overturn

To recover, pull up the drawstring and unfold Rear seat cannot be adjusted forward or To recover, pull up the lever and unfold the the backrest to a proper angle. Finally, try to backward. backrest to a proper angle. Finally, try to shake shake the backrest to check whether it is fixed. Armrest the backrest to check whether it is fixed. Note Note Hold the backrest first and do not make Hold the backrest first and do not make the head or other body parts within the the head or other body parts within the backrest folding range before pulling the backrest folding range before pulling the backrest drawstring and folding the backrest drawstring and folding the backrest. Otherwise, the backrest will be backrest. Otherwise, the backrest will be folded quickly and may cause impact or folded quickly and may cause impact or injuries. injuries. As shown in the figure, after the cushion is The seat backrest inclination angle is For the 7 seater variant, when you need to sit unlocked, pull out the cushion forward and lift adjustable within a certain range. at the rear seat you can overturn the left side up the rear part of the cushion to overturn it. First hold the backrest with hands because the of middle row seat. As shown in the figure, you As shown in the figure, the second row seat is The two cushions can all be overturned. backrest will be folded quickly and may cause can pull the lever until the seat lock is configured with an armrest. Deploy the To recover, install the cushion back in impact or injuries after the backrest release detached. To recover, pull up the lever and armrest for use. There is a cup holder on the opposite order, and press down the cushion belt is pulled up. Then, pull the backrest push back the seat until it safely locked in armrest. After use, please put back the with force. Try to shake the seat cushion to release lever on the seat side backward, and position. armrest. make sure that it is locked. release the lever after a proper angle is Seat Position and Backrest Angle for obtained. Measurement of Seat Cushion Thickness. For To fold the seat backrest, pull up the lever and measurement of the seat cushion thickness, fold the backrest forward. Overturning the the seat can be in any position. seat cushion first and then folding the backrest The seat backrest shall incline backward for a can fold flat the backrest to the greatest certain angle from the vertical position. The extent. angle is 23°, 25° and 20° respectively for the 1st and 2nd row. 38 39 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Rear Seat 7 Seat Variant Rear Seat (5 Seat Model) Middle Row Seat Seat Backrest Adjustment and Folding Seat Overturn

Seat Layout Diagram Seat Belt Seat Backrest Folding 5 Seater layout diagram Wearing The force limiter can reduce the stress applied Warning on the body through the seat belt damping Buckle the seat belt each time before release in case of a collision accident. driving the vehicle. In case of an accident, Seat Belt Pretensioner* a passenger who does not buckle the seat Depending on different models, it is belt may be at risk. configured on the seat belt for the driver’s Note seat, front passenger’s seat of the left seat of the second row. In case of a severe head-on or It is not allowed to add any accessory or other object that may interference with 6 Seater layout diagram rear-end collision, the front part of the seat belt will be tensioned. the operation of the seat belt. Do not change any seat belt component. The deployed seat belt pretensioner must be 1. Pull out the seat belt from the recoiler, and As shown in the figure, pull the strap on the The seat belt is designed only for one replaced by the MG Authorised Service Warning fasten it across the body without twisting. back of the seat and fold the backrest forward. passenger each time. It is not applicable to a Center. The seat belt pretensioner can only be The seat belt shall not be buckled against To recover, pull the drawstring and unfold the passenger under 12 years old or under 150 cm deployed once. a hard or fragile object in your pocket. backrest until it is locked in position. high. Check all parts of the seat belt system for Note Otherwise, the hard object will hurt you damage and abnormal function regularly. Please replace the damaged parts and Make sure that the seat belt is not and the fragile object may be damaged in components. It is strongly recommended to damaged or clamped by a sharp object. case of emergencies. 7 Seater layout diagram have the seat belt or deployed seat belt Prevent dust from getting in the seat belt recoiler. tensioner at the MG Authorised Service Note Center replaced after an accident. Pay attention to prevent foreign matters Warning Seat Belt Force Limiter* from getting in the seat belt buckle (such Improper operation (for example as sunflower seed shell and button); It is configured on the seat belts for the removal or installation of seat belt or driver’s seat and the left seat of second row. otherwise the seat belt buckle will fail. seat belt anchor buckle) will trigger the 2. Put the latch plate in the buckle for fixing. For some models, the front passenger’s seat seat belt tensioner, leading to injury Pull the shoulder belt forcibly to adjust the belt is also configured with a force limiter. risks. tightness degree of hip belt.

40 41 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Unbuckle Middle Row / Rear Row Seat Belt Seat Belt Use during Pregnancy Left and Right Seat Belt Loose or heavy clothing will hamper close Warning For buckling and unbuckling of the left and wearing the seat belt. Do not place any object right seat belts of the rear row, please refer to The hip belt shall be placed as low as (such as hand bag and mobile phone) between that of the front seat belt. possible to go across the pelvis, so as the seat belt and your body. avoid force on the belly. Height Adjustment*

To unbuckle the seat belt, please press the 2. Plug the latch plate at the seat belt end into The seat belt provides protection for red button on the buckle. the small buckle on the left side of the seat. everybody, including a pregnant woman. Like all passengers, if pregnant women do not wear the seat belt, severe personal injuries are As shown in the figure, there is a clip on the more likely to be caused to them. The trim panel near the second row seat backrest. pregnant woman shall wear the hip/shoulder seat belt during the whole pregnancy, and the Depending on different models, the front row Please hang the seat belt to the clip for fixing hip belt shall be fastened as low as possible. seat belt of some models can be adjusted in each time after use. The best way to protect a fetus is to provide height. Press the height adjuster of the seat Middle Seat Belt of Rear Row safety protection to its mother. If the seat belt belt upper fixing point and move it upward or Wearing: is fastened correctly, the fetus is not downward. Release the adjuster after 1. Pull out the seat belt from the backrest vulnerable to injury in case of a collision. For a adjustment. first and sit well. pregnant woman or any person, correct wearing is the key to exert the best protection 3. Plug the other latch plate (movable) into effect of the seat belt. the buckle on the right side of the seat.

42 43 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Child Seat Child Restraint System Type ISOFIX The vehicle is not equipped with a child seat. If Caution Caution you want to add one, a child seat that is For a little child, a child seat shall always The size and configuration range of the applicable to ISOFIX “general” type can be be used. Never hold a child with arms child seat is very wide. Not all child seats selected. The child seat can only be placed on while riding in the vehicle. Never allow a are applicable to your vehicle due to the the second row seat. The front seat is not child to stand or kneel on a seat or in the effects of the vehicle trim as well as the equipped with the anchor system bracket. The luggage compartment when the vehicle s e a t s h a p e a n d s i z e . Y o u h a v e statistical data of accidents show that placing responsibility to ensure that the child is running. the child seat on the second row seat can seat installed matches with your vehicle largely improve the child safety. Caution and that the child seat can be connected correctly to the vehicle with the child An unfixed child seat may be thrown out seat anchor system. If the child seat does of the vehicle in case of a collision or not match with your vehicle size and the emergency stop. The child seat must be According to AIS072/ECE R44, the child Please select a suitable child seat according to To fix the child seat: child body figure or the connection to correctly and securely fixed even it is not restraint system can be classified as the the child body weight and body figure. your vehicle is incorrect, severe personal used. 1. The ISOFIX lower fixing point is on the following 5 groups: injuries will be caused to the child and For infants under one year old, their bones are joint between the second row set other passengers in the vehicle in case of Caution Group 0: for child with body weight less than very fragile, and a rearward-facing child seat backrest and the seat cushion back. Its a collision. If the child seat is put in a closed 10 kg. shall be used. position can be identified through the compartment in hot weather, the child Group 0+: for child with body weight less label on the lower edge of the backrest. seat temperature will be very high. Make than 13 kg. The left and right seats are equipped with sure that the child seat temperature is a set of ISOFIX respectively. not very high before putting a child in the Group I: for child with body weight more 2. Clear up the objects on the seat. Note to seat. If the child is too small and the seat than 9 kg and less than 13 kg. belt cannot provide the best protection remove the seat belt and seat belt buckle Group II: for child with body weight more to avoid affecting accurate fixing of the for it, please make sure that a proper than 15 kg and less than 25 kg. child seat is used to provide safety child seat. protection. Group III: for child with body weight more 3. Put the child seat on the second row seat. than 22 kg and less than 36 kg.

44 45 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Table of Vehicle Handbook Information on Child Restraint Systems installation suitability for various seating positions

vehicle. Refer to the child seat instructions Mass Group Seating position (or other site) to get to know when and how to strain the upper strap. As shown in the figure, the Front Passenger Front Passenger Rear Centre Intermediate Intermediate ISOFIX upper fixing point is on the roof Outboard Centre above the rear seat. Open the outer cover Group 0 up to 10 kg X U NA NA NA from the upper edge. 6. Push and pull the child seat in all directions Group 0+ up to 13 kg X U NA NA NA to make sure it is safely secured. Group I 9 to 18 kg UF U NA NA NA 7. Make sure that the child seat temperature is not very high before putting a child in Group II 15 to 25 kg UF U NA NA NA the seat. 5. Connect the upper strap of the child seat 4. Connect the fixing caliper on the child seat In case of a serious collision accident, the Group III 22 to 36 kg UF U NA NA NA to the corresponding fixing point of the to the on-vehicle fixing device. Operate ISOFIX may be damaged. It may be necessary according to the child seat instructions. to repair and replace some parts. Please check Key of letters and their description: Note the ISOFIX after a collision. U = Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group 1) As indicated above only Rear RH seat UF = Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group is recommended for CRS using Adult Safety Belt. (In case ISOFIX is not L = Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list. These restraints may be of the used) "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi universal" categories. 2) We only recommend using Universal B = Built-in restraint approved for this mass group. Category ISOFIX seats for Children in X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group. recommended positions. (In case of ISOFIX CRS with latch & Top Tether, both left and right position may be used)

46 47 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Table of Vehicle Handbook Information on Child Restraint Systems installation suitability for various seating positions vehicle. Refer to the child seat instructions Mass Group Seating position (or other site) to get to know when and how to strain the upper strap. As shown in the figure, the Front Passenger Front Passenger Rear Centre Intermediate Intermediate ISOFIX upper fixing point is on the roof Outboard Centre above the rear seat. Open the outer cover Group 0 up to 10 kg X U NA NA NA from the upper edge. 6. Push and pull the child seat in all directions Group 0+ up to 13 kg X U NA NA NA to make sure it is safely secured. Group I 9 to 18 kg UF U NA NA NA 7. Make sure that the child seat temperature is not very high before putting a child in Group II 15 to 25 kg UF U NA NA NA the seat. 5. Connect the upper strap of the child seat 4. Connect the fixing caliper on the child seat In case of a serious collision accident, the Group III 22 to 36 kg UF U NA NA NA to the corresponding fixing point of the to the on-vehicle fixing device. Operate ISOFIX may be damaged. It may be necessary according to the child seat instructions. to repair and replace some parts. Please check Key of letters and their description: Note the ISOFIX after a collision. U = Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group 1) As indicated above only Rear RH seat UF = Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group is recommended for CRS using Adult Safety Belt. (In case ISOFIX is not L = Suitable for particular child restraints given on attached list. These restraints may be of the used) "specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi universal" categories. 2) We only recommend using Universal B = Built-in restraint approved for this mass group. Category ISOFIX seats for Children in X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group. recommended positions. (In case of ISOFIX CRS with latch & Top Tether, both left and right position may be used)

46 47 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Air Bag System Air Bag Position Depending on the vehicle configuration, the Warning Air Bag Indicator Frontal Air Bag Side Air Bag* Side Curtain Air Bag system includes the following air bags: Even if an air bag is equipped, you may • Driver frontal air bag also be injured seriously or lose your life • Front passenger frontal air bag. (If in a collision accident if you do no use the equipped) seat belt. The air bag is designed to be • Front side air bag. (If equipped) used along with the seat belt but not to • Side curtain air bag (if equipped) replace the seat belt. For all air bags, the letter “AIRBAG” is marked Warning on the trim panel or the label near to its If an occupant sits next to or get too close deployment opening. For frontal air bags, the to the air bag, he/she may be injured letter “AIRBAG” for the driver is located in seriously or lose life due to inflating of the the middle of the steering wheel, and that for air bag. Therefore, never sit too close to the front passenger is located on the the air bag. On the instrument panel, there is an air bag As shown in the Figure A above, the driver As shown in the Figure C, the front seat side As shown in the Figure D, the side curtain air instrument panel. For lateral-impact air bags, frontal air bag is located in the middle of the air bag is installed on the backrest side near to bag is installed at the side wall and roof joint, Warning indicator which displays the air bag shape the letter “AIRBAG” is located on the symbol. The system will check whether the air steering wheel. the door. on the roof lining or the trim panel. backrest side, near to the door. The letter It is forbidden to let a child, infant, bag circuit system has a fault and give As shown in the Figure B above, the front “AIRBAG” for side curtain air bags is located pregnant woman and the sick and weak corresponding prompt through the indicator. Warning on the roof lining trim panel. passenger frontal air bag is located in the sit on the front seat equipped with air Refer to the Chapter “Instruments and passenger’s side instrument panel. If there is any other object between the The air bag can supplement protection on the bag. Never install a backward-facing child Controls” for detailed information. occupant and the air bag, the air bag may basis of correcting wearing the seat belt. seat on the front seat for the child may be not be able to be inflated normally or the Although nowadays the air bags are designed injured seriously or lose life when the air air bag may cause the object to squeeze to reduce the injury risks caused by the impact bag is inflated. The seat belt and air bag the occupant’s body when it is inflated, force when the air bag is inflated, all air bags can protect adults and adolescents but leading to severe injuries or even death. must be inflated rapidly to exert its effect. not children and infants. Children and Please never use a seat accessory (such as The important notes about the air bag system infants need special child protection seat jacket) that may hinder the inflating are as follows: devices (such as child seat) to get of the lateral-impact air bag. corresponding protection.

48 49 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

When Shall the Air Bag Be Inflated? per the design, the seat lateral-impact air bag How is the Air Bag Inflated? Warning accident. The air bag system parts that Warning The frontal air bag is designed to be inflated in and the side curtain air bag will be inflated In the inflation process, the sensing system will When the air bag is inflated, there may be shall be replaced include the air bag Never stick or cover any object on the air moderate to severe head-on collision or according to the impact position in case of the send an electronic signal to trigger the gas dust spread in the air. All persons in the module, air bag control module, seat belt bag cover surface or refit the air bag almost head-on collision to reduce severe moderate to severe lateral collisions. generator; the generator will release gas to vehicle shall get off the vehicle as soon as pretensioner and other parts. cover; never try to repair, adjust or injury risks of the driver’s and the front The seat lateral-impact air bag and the side inflate the air bag and to make the air bag pops possible. If you have a breathing problem and • Work related to the air bag system can remove or install any air bag system passenger’s head and chest. curtain air bag will not be inflated in case of up from the cover plate. The gas generator, air cannot get off the vehicle, open windows or only be done by technicians with component; never try to refit the front Whether the frontal air bag is inflated do not head-on collisions, nearly head-on collisions, bag and relevant members are all components doors to get fresh air. If you have a breathing corresponding qualification. Improper bumper of the vehicle body by yourself. of the air bag module. mainly depends on the vehicle running speed. vehicle overturn or rear-end collisions. The problem after the air bag is inflated, please repair and maintenance may cause that The Frontal Air Bag May Not Be Inflated see a doctor as soon as possible. It depends on the impacted object, impact seat lateral-impact air bag and the side curtain How Does the Air Bag Provide the air bag system cannot function in the Following Collisions direction and vehicle deceleration within unit air bag may not be inflated in slight side Protection? normally. Please drive to the MG If the vehicle power supply system can still The frontal air bag will usually not be inflated in time during collision. collisions and lateral-frontal or diagonal The air bag supplements protection provided Authorised Service Center for repair and function normally after a collision, the vehicle case of side collisions, rear-end collisions, collisions. by the seat belt by distributing the impact force maintenance. The frontal air bag may be inflated in different has the functions of unlocking doors turnover or low-speed head-on collisions. No As per the design, the seat lateral-impact air more evenly to the occupant’s body. collision speed. The air bag inflation depends automatically, turning on the hazard warning Air Bag System Repair, Maintenance and matter what kind of collision, only when the bag and the side curtain air bag will be inflated However, some occupants’ bodies do not on the impact direction (straight or in certain lamp and cutting off the fuel system after the Replacement vehicle generates sufficient forward angle) at the moment of collision and whether on the side to which the vehicle is collided. move toward the air bags in collisions where air bag is inflated. The driver can use The air bag system must be maintained by deceleration, will the frontal air bag be inflated. the impacted object is fixed or movable, The air bag will not be triggered in all collision an external object intrudes into the vehicle. corresponding function switch to lock doors, qualified and professional technicians. Improper deformable or not and narrow or wide. Due accidents. For a particular accident, it shall not The air bag cannot provide corresponding turn off indoors lamps and turn off the hazard maintenance will cause that the air bag system to different design of each vehicle, the collision simply judge whether the air bag should be protection. The air bag shall only be deemed as warning lamp. cannot function normally. Please drive to the inflation conditions of the frontal air bag may inflated according to the causalities, vehicle a supplementary device of the seat belt. The deployment of the front passenger air bag MG Authorised Service Center for repair and vary. The frontal air bag will not be inflated in damage or repair and maintenance expenses. What Will You See After the Air Bag is may also cause damage to the windshield. maintenance of the air bag system. case of vehicle overturn, rear-end collisions Your vehicle is equipped with a collision Inflated? and most lateral-impact collisions. The frontal sensing and diagnosis module. If a collision • The air bag can only be inflated once as per After the air bag is inflated, it will be deflated its design. After the air bag is inflated, air bag may not be inflated in slight head-on or accident reaches certain strength, the module quickly. Somebody may not note that the air Warning nearly head-on collisions, lateral or diagonal may record relevant collision information some parts of the air bag system need to bag is ever inflated because the bleeding speed be replaced. If you do not have these parts If the air bag cover is damaged, opened or collisions, collisions to cylindrical objects after the collision. If you have any doubt on the is very fast. For deflated air bag, some smoke broken, the air bag may not function (such as telegraph pole and tree trunk), rear- working situation of your air bag in a collision replaced, the air bag system will unable to and dust may come out from its air event. normally. It shall be repaired as soon as • Head-on collision angle over 30° from end collisions under large vehicle (trucks, etc.) accident, please contact the MG Authorised provide protection in next collision possible. vehicle longitudinal direction breast board and lateral glancing collisions. As Service Center timely to provide professional analysis and diagnosis for you. 50 51 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Side Air Bag / Side Curtain Air Bag (If Equipped) May not Be Inflated in the Following Collisions In case of side collisions with certain angle or collisions to vehicle body side (not passenger compartment), the side air bag/side curtain air bag system may not be activated.

• Side collision • Overturn, falling from high place, rolling • Hit into front vehicle bottom, especially • Off-vertical side collision • Fall into or drive into a deep pit truck bottom The side air bag/side curtain air bag will usually • Head-on collision not be inflated in case of head-on collision, rear-end collisions, overturn or low-speed side collisions.

• Vehicle body side (not passenger compartment) collision

• Rear-end collision • Hit deformable objects, such as sandpile, guard bar, column and tree

52 53 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES

• Vehicle body side (not passenger compartment) collision

• Rear-end collision • Hit deformable objects, such as sandpile, guard bar, column and tree

52 53 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES STORAGE

Important Note Storage Storage Box...... 56 Ÿ Instrument Panel Right Storage Box...... 56 Ÿ Instrument Panel Central Storage Box...... 56 Ÿ Armrest Storage Box ...... 56 Ÿ Glasses Box* ...... 56 Ÿ Console Storage Box* ...... 57 Ÿ Glove Box...... 57 Ÿ Seat Pocket...... 57 Ÿ Cup Holder ...... 57 • Rear-end collision • Side collision to truck during drifting Do not use a backward-facing child restraint Ÿ Door Storage Groove and Armrest...... 58 system on a seat (front seat) protected by a Ÿ frontal air bag (in activated state). Otherwise, Rear Side Wall Storage Groove and Armrest...... 58 severe injuries or even death may be caused to Ÿ the child when the air bag is deployed. Backrest Hook...... 58 Ÿ Luggage Compartment Cargo Cover* ...... 59 Roof Rail...... 60 Ÿ Load Information...... 60

• Overturn, falling from high place, rolling

54 SEATS AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES STORAGE

• Overturn, falling from high place, rolling

54 STORAGE STORAGE

Storage Box Instrument Panel Right Storage Box Armrest Storage Box Glasses Box* Console Storage Box* Cup Holder Warning Keep the glove box door closed when the vehicle is running to reduce the injury risks in case of accidents or emergency braking.

Seat Pocket

It is located between the front seats. Pull up If equipped, the glasses box is located on the It is behind the armrest box. The cup holder is located on the console Instrument Panel Central Storage Box the storage box cover to open it. roof. Glove Box between the front seats. There are 2 cup Close the storage box cover after using the As shown in the figure, press the outer cover, holders on the rear row seat middle armrest. box. and the glasses box will pop up automatically. Close the glasses box after use. Warning When the vehicle is running, it is The seat pocket is located behind the front forbidden to place a container that seat backrest. contains fluid but is not covered in the cup holder. If the fluid spills out, scald may be caused, or you may lose control on the vehicle due to distraction, leading to an accident.

The storage box is under the air-conditioning Pull the handle outward to open it. To close, control panel. push and fasten the glove box door inward.

56 57 STORAGE STORAGE

Seat Pocket

The storage box is under the air-conditioning Pull the handle outward to open it. To close, control panel. push and fasten the glove box door inward.

56 57 STORAGE STORAGE

Door Storage Groove and Armrest Rear Side Wall Storage Groove Backrest Hook Luggage Compartment Cargo Cover* Packing Up Luggage Cover Luggage Cover Removal and Armrest

The cover is used to shield the objects in the As shown in the figure, release the luggage As shown in the figure, press the caps on both The door storage groove and armrest are They are located on the left and right rear side On the junction of each seat backrest and luggage compartment. cover plates from the guide slots on both sides ends of the luggage cover recoiler toward the located on inner side of the door panel. walls. headrest, there is a hook. You can hang a of the luggage compartment, and the cover will middle to remove the luggage cover from the shopping bag or other suitable object on the retract automatically. To deploy the luggage vehicle. hook according to the demand. cover, pull the luggage cover from the recoiler, To install the cover, press the caps on both and clamp the two ends of cover plate into the ends toward to the middle, and align the caps guide slots on both sides of the luggage to the slots and then release the caps to fix the compartment. recoiler in the slots.

58 59 STORAGE STORAGE

Door Storage Groove and Armrest Rear Side Wall Storage Groove Backrest Hook Luggage Compartment Cargo Cover* Packing Up Luggage Cover Luggage Cover Removal and Armrest

58 59 STORAGE INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Instruments and Controls Roof Rail Warning The roof rail is an external trim item. To avoid Warning Instrument Panel ...... 62 Control Indicators...... 78 Ÿ Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Do not place any object on the luggage damaging the vehicle, please do not use the It is forbidden to place a cigarette lighter, Controls ...... 63 Ÿ Type-I Instrument Cluster ...... 78 Fault Warning Lamp* ...... 91 compartment cargo cover. On one hand, rack to load heavy objects. propane gas cylinder, perfume or other Ÿ Horn...... 63 Ÿ Type-II Instrument Cluster ...... 80 Ÿ Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) the luggage cover cannot bear loads; on Load Information combustible / explosive materials in the Ÿ Steering Wheel Adjustment* ...... 64 Ÿ Turn Signal Lamp / Hazard Working Indicator* ...... 92 the other hand, the object may hurt vehicle. These articles may be on fire or Ÿ Warning Indicator...... 82 Ÿ Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Ÿ The heavy objects inside the luggage Front Windshield Wiper and Washer* ...64 occupants under emergencies. explode when the vehicle is under high Ÿ Fault Warning Lamp* ...... 92 compartment shall be placed close to the Ÿ Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer* ....65 Engine Oil Pressure Too Low temperature for a long time. Warning Lamp ...... 82 Ÿ ESC Fault Warning Lamp ...... 93 backrest. Make sure that the backrest is Ÿ Exterior Entertainment Warning Ÿ Ÿ ESC OFF Indicator...... 93 fastened. If objects need to be piled in Power Outlet* ...... 65 Charging System Warning Lamp ...... 83 Ÿ Please place and fix the removed luggage layers, heavy ones shall be placed in the Ÿ Rear Accessory USB Power Outlet* ...... 66 Ÿ Coolant Temperature Too High Transmission Fault Warning Lamp*...... 93 Ÿ cover properly; otherwise, the removed bottom. Ÿ Driving Recorder USB Power Outlet .....66 Warning Lamp ...... 84 Emergency Parking (EP) Indicator* ...... 94 luggage cover may hurt occupants under Ÿ Front Fog Lamp Indicator*...... 84 Ÿ Cruise Control System Ÿ Objects scattered in the luggage Ÿ Rear Power USB Port...... 66 emergencies. Ÿ Rear Fog Lamp Indicator...... 84 Working Condition Indicator*...... 94 compartment shall be fixed to prevent Warning Lamps, Ÿ Ÿ TPMS Fault Indicator*...... 95 them from sliding. Gauges and Indicators ...... 67 Headlamp High Beam Indicator...... 85 Ÿ Ÿ Speedometer...... 67 Ÿ Position Lamp Indicator...... 85 Overspeed Warning...... 95 Ÿ The loaded object shall not be higher than Ÿ Ÿ Tachometer...... 67 Ÿ Engine Malfunction Vehicle - Start / Stop Fault Indicator...... 95 the upper edge of the backrest. Ÿ Ÿ Fuel Gauge...... 67 Indicator Lamp (MIL)...... 85 SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) ...... 96 Ÿ Any object shall not be placed on the Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ General Odometer...... 68 ABS Fault Warning Lamp ...... 86 Diesel Particulate Filter Indicator ...... 96 luggage cover or the instrument panel. It is Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Small Odometer...... 68 EPS Fault Warning Lamp ...... 87 Fuel Water Indicator Light* ...... 96 forbidden to cover the air bag or other Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge...... 68 Airbag Fault Warning Lamp...... 87 Engine Hood Open Indicator*...... 97 parts on the instrument panel. Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Type-I Trip Computer Brake System/EBD Warning Lamp...... 88 Glow Plug Indicator* ...... 97 Ÿ The objects loaded shall neither hinder Display Screen ...... 69 Ÿ Engine Immobilizer System Indicator ...... 89 Ÿ 48v System Failure Warning Light* ...... 97 the operation of pedals, parking brake and Ÿ Adjustment Lever...... 69 Ÿ Driver Fasten-Seat-Belt Reverse Sensor* ...... 98 shift lever nor limit the free movement of Ÿ Wireless Charge Area ...... 69 Warning Lamp ...... 90 Ÿ Reverse Video Display* ...... 99 the driver. Do not put any object not fixed Ÿ Front Passenger Fasten-Seat-Belt Parking Assist System* ...... 100 in the vehicle. Type-II Trip Computer Display Screen ...... 70 Warning Lamp*...... 90 Ÿ 360 Degree Panoramic Parking Ÿ Ÿ Do not drive the vehicle when the liftgate Type-I Trip Computer Display Fuel Level Too Low Warning Lamp ...... 90 Screen Assist* ...... 101 open. Screen Switch ...... 76 Ÿ Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Ÿ Parking Image Assist during Reversing ...102 Working Indicator* ...... 91 60 STORAGE INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS Instruments and Controls Roof Rail Warning The roof rail is an external trim item. To avoid Warning Instrument Panel ...... 62 Control Indicators...... 78 Ÿ Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Do not place any object on the luggage damaging the vehicle, please do not use the It is forbidden to place a cigarette lighter, Controls ...... 63 Ÿ Type-I Instrument Cluster ...... 78 Fault Warning Lamp* ...... 91 compartment cargo cover. On one hand, rack to load heavy objects. propane gas cylinder, perfume or other Ÿ Horn...... 63 Ÿ Type-II Instrument Cluster ...... 80 Ÿ Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) the luggage cover cannot bear loads; on Load Information combustible / explosive materials in the Ÿ Steering Wheel Adjustment* ...... 64 Ÿ Turn Signal Lamp / Hazard Working Indicator* ...... 92 the other hand, the object may hurt vehicle. These articles may be on fire or Ÿ Warning Indicator...... 82 Ÿ Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Ÿ The heavy objects inside the luggage Front Windshield Wiper and Washer* ...64 occupants under emergencies. explode when the vehicle is under high Ÿ Fault Warning Lamp* ...... 92 compartment shall be placed close to the Ÿ Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer* ....65 Engine Oil Pressure Too Low temperature for a long time. Warning Lamp ...... 82 Ÿ ESC Fault Warning Lamp ...... 93 backrest. Make sure that the backrest is Ÿ Exterior Entertainment Warning Ÿ Ÿ ESC OFF Indicator...... 93 fastened. If objects need to be piled in Power Outlet* ...... 65 Charging System Warning Lamp ...... 83 Ÿ Please place and fix the removed luggage layers, heavy ones shall be placed in the Ÿ Rear Accessory USB Power Outlet* ...... 66 Ÿ Coolant Temperature Too High Transmission Fault Warning Lamp*...... 93 Ÿ cover properly; otherwise, the removed bottom. Ÿ Driving Recorder USB Power Outlet .....66 Warning Lamp ...... 84 Emergency Parking (EP) Indicator* ...... 94 luggage cover may hurt occupants under Ÿ Front Fog Lamp Indicator*...... 84 Ÿ Cruise Control System Ÿ Objects scattered in the luggage Ÿ Rear Power USB Port...... 66 emergencies. Ÿ Rear Fog Lamp Indicator...... 84 Working Condition Indicator*...... 94 compartment shall be fixed to prevent Warning Lamps, Ÿ Ÿ TPMS Fault Indicator*...... 95 them from sliding. Gauges and Indicators ...... 67 Headlamp High Beam Indicator...... 85 Ÿ Ÿ Speedometer...... 67 Ÿ Position Lamp Indicator...... 85 Overspeed Warning...... 95 Ÿ The loaded object shall not be higher than Ÿ Ÿ Tachometer...... 67 Ÿ Engine Malfunction Vehicle - Start / Stop Fault Indicator...... 95 the upper edge of the backrest. Ÿ Ÿ Fuel Gauge...... 67 Indicator Lamp (MIL)...... 85 SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) ...... 96 Ÿ Any object shall not be placed on the Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ General Odometer...... 68 ABS Fault Warning Lamp ...... 86 Diesel Particulate Filter Indicator ...... 96 luggage cover or the instrument panel. It is Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Small Odometer...... 68 EPS Fault Warning Lamp ...... 87 Fuel Water Indicator Light* ...... 96 forbidden to cover the air bag or other Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge...... 68 Airbag Fault Warning Lamp...... 87 Engine Hood Open Indicator*...... 97 parts on the instrument panel. Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ Type-I Trip Computer Brake System/EBD Warning Lamp...... 88 Glow Plug Indicator* ...... 97 Ÿ The objects loaded shall neither hinder Display Screen ...... 69 Ÿ Engine Immobilizer System Indicator ...... 89 Ÿ 48v System Failure Warning Light* ...... 97 the operation of pedals, parking brake and Ÿ Adjustment Lever...... 69 Ÿ Driver Fasten-Seat-Belt Reverse Sensor* ...... 98 shift lever nor limit the free movement of Ÿ Wireless Charge Area ...... 69 Warning Lamp ...... 90 Ÿ Reverse Video Display* ...... 99 the driver. Do not put any object not fixed Ÿ Front Passenger Fasten-Seat-Belt Parking Assist System* ...... 100 in the vehicle. Type-II Trip Computer Display Screen ...... 70 Warning Lamp*...... 90 Ÿ 360 Degree Panoramic Parking Ÿ Ÿ Do not drive the vehicle when the liftgate Type-I Trip Computer Display Fuel Level Too Low Warning Lamp ...... 90 Screen Assist* ...... 101 open. Screen Switch ...... 76 Ÿ Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Ÿ Parking Image Assist during Reversing ...102 Working Indicator* ...... 91 60 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Instrument Panel Controls Horn

1. Front window defroster vent 19. 360 degree panoramic parking screen 2. Front passenger airbag switch* 3. ESC OFF switch 20. Parking assist system switch* 4. Central air vent 21. Gear Knob 5. Front air outlet 22. Ignition switch* 6. Control panel 23. Clutch pedal* 7. Infotainment System 24. Brake pedal 8. Hazard warning light switch 25. Accelerator pedal 9. Wiper and washer switch 26. Fuel filler cap release handle 27. Hood release lever 10. Fixed speed cruise control button* Press the switch on the steering wheel to blow 11. Instrument Cluster 28. ORVM folding switch* the horn. 12. Driver airbag / horn switch 29. Electrically operated ORVM adjustment switch 13. Headlights, turn signal switches 30. Headlight beam adjustment regulator 14. Sound system control button* 31. Instrument Cluster brightness 15. Side air outlet adjustment switch* 16. Glove box 32. Tailgate opening switch* 17. Entertainment system external interface 18. Start and stop system switch*

62 63 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Instrument Panel Controls Horn

62 63 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Steering Wheel Adjustment* Front Windshield Washer Rear Windshield Wiper and Washer* Exterior Entertainment Power Outlet* Caution The driver must keep absolute control of the steering wheel during driving. It is not allowed to adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is running. Adjusting the steering wheel during driving can cause the vehicle out of control. 1 2

Front Windshield Wiper and Washer* MIST: Push the control lever up once and the To use the rear windshield washer, turn the It is only allowed to adjust the steering wheel wiper wipes once. To spray cleaning fluid on the front windshield: The entertainment system interface is located ignition switch to “ON” position first and then after the vehicle has fully stopped. The OFF: Turn the system off. Ÿ Turn the ignition switch to “ON below the air conditioning panel. USB turn the rear wiper and washer switch knob steering wheel can tilt up / down and towards / AUTO*: This feature senses rain or snow fall (connected)” position; interface specification is 5V/2A, can be away. on the windshield and automatically activates to . Ÿ Pull the windshield wiper/washer control connected to play audio, charging. the wipers for the driver. Turn the rear wiper and washer switch knob If you need to adjust the steering wheel: lever towards the steering wheel. Power will not be available for charging when LO: Push the control lever down to this to and the water pump sprays water to the 1. As is shown in the figure, push the steering the vehicle ignition switch is off. position and the wiper wipes continuously at a Keep pulling the control lever for more than rear windshield immediately. Release the knob wheel adjustment lever downward first; low speed. 1s or so—the washer sprays cleaning fluid to and the pump stops spraying. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired HI: Push the control lever down to this the windshield and works for 3 cycles or until position (either down and away or down position and the wiper wipes continuously at a the control lever is released. high speed. and toward you) and then pull back the Caution adjustment lever to lock the steering To use the front windshield wiper, turn on the INT*: This feature sweeps the windscreen at wheel; ignition switch first and then push the regular intervals as configured. Ÿ Blurred view for the driver can lead to accident and cause personal injuries and damage to the vehicle or other properties. 3. Check and confirm that the steering wheel windshield wiper / washer control lever. The The intermittent and automatic wiping speed is adjustable and to select the desired speed, Ÿ In cold weather, if the wiper gets frozen, before using the wiper, please spray warm water has been locked firmly. front windshield wiper has the following 5 working positions: just turn the circular knob in the middle of the on the frozen area to device and then wipe off the water immediately to prevent icing. control lever. 64 65 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Warning Lamps, Gauges and Indicators Rear Accessory USB Power Outlet* Driving Recorder USB Power Outlet Rear Power USB Port * Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge

The second-row USB power outlet (5V/2A) is The driving recorder is located at the bottom There is USB power jacks (5V/2A) available for It displays the vehicle speed. It displays the engine crankshaft revolutions It displays the fuel level in the fuel tank. located at the rear end of the console and it of the inside rearview mirror and it can the second and third row seat and can be used per minute. Note If the fuel level in the fuel tank is too low, the can be used for cellphone charging. The power provide power supply for your driving for charging mobile phones. The power is not control indicator will illuminate. Please add outlet is unavailable if the ignition switch is recorder. available when the vehicle ignition switch is off. Please keep the speed within the limit when driving in a speed limit zone. fuel immediately. It is strictly prohibited to use turned off. Warning Lamps, Gauges and Indicators up the fuel in the fuel tank. If equipped, the third-row USB power outlet is Note* As some fuel remains in the fuel tank, the located at the third-row seat right armrest. adding amount can be less than the fuel tank Speedometer and Engine RPM Needle capacity. During braking, acceleration or may vibrate for approx 15 - 30 seconds after ignition off. This is normal cornering, as the fuel in the fuel tank shakes, phenomenon*. indication on the fuel gauge fluctuates. Dangers Before adding fuel, please do stop the vehicle and shut down the engine.

66 67 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Warning Lamps, Gauges and Indicators Rear Accessory USB Power Outlet* Driving Recorder USB Power Outlet Rear Power USB Port * Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge

66 67 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

General Odometer Small Odometer Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Type-I Trip Computer Display Screen Adjustment Lever Caution If the engine coolant temperature is too high, please stop the vehicle, shut down the engine and inspect the coolant level.

It displays the total accumulated kilometers of It shows vehicle kilometers for a driving trip It displays the temperature of the engine The trip computer monitor is located Short press or long press the adjustment lever the vehicle. After it has been reset to zero. In this mode, coolant. b e t w e e n t h e t a c h o m e t e r a n d t h e to switch among different screens or carry out long press the adjustment lever to clear the “C” means “cold state” and “H” means “hot speedometer. It can display fuel gauge, engine zeroing. Note coolant temperature gauge, general It is lawfully forbidden to adjust the trip distance. temperature”; when the coolant temperature Long press means press for over 2s and short gauge indicates within the red area, it indicates odometer, small odometer, fuel range, press means press for 2s or less. odometer for illegal purpose. You can clear the trip distance when it is depending on the vehicle configuration. displayed on the small odometer. To do this, the engine is overheated. Please shut down the Rotate the adjustment lever to adjust the long press “OK” button on the steering wheel engine immediately for inspection. display brightness of the instrument cluster. if the vehicle is of high configuration; long press For more details, please refer to “Display the instrument cluster adjustment lever if the Screen Mode Switch”. vehicle is of low configuration.

68 69 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Mobile Phone Wireless Operation of Mobile Phone Type-II Trip Computer Display Screen Charging System Wireless Charging Instrument Cluster Control Button* If your vehicle is equipped with a mobile phone Caution Type-II trip computer display screen can be wireless charging system, the system can controlled with the control button on the When the driver leaves the vehicle, steering wheel. Only when the ignition switch achieve wireless charging of mobile phones please do not place the mobile phone in is turned to ON can the instrument cluster be through electromagnetic induction, without the vehicle for charging, so as to avoid controlled. the need for a wire connection. potential safety hazards. During charging, do not leave metal foreign Note objects such as coins, keys, chip cards, The mobile phone wireless charging etc. in the charging area, which may system is not applicable for all mobile cause the metal to be heated, resulting in phones, only for "Qi" certified phones. failure to charge and safety accidents. Only one phone can be charged at a time. Do not spill water on the charging area to Mobile phone wireless charging failure Please put the phone in the center of the avoid water entering the wireless If a failure occurs during charging, it may be charging board to charge the phone, if the charger through the gaps in the rubber pad and causing the charger malfunction. caused by the following: phone is moved out of the appropriate area, Charging of the phone may stop when the charging may stop. • The vehicle battery voltage is too low. the temperature is too high, and will Charge icons on status bar: c o n t i n u e t o c h a r g e w h e n t h e • A metal foreign object exists in the charging Ÿ Charging temperature drops. 1. Option switch button area. Please take the phone away to check if Ÿ Charging completed there is any foreign object. If so, remove It is used to switch among different display Ÿ Charging stopped / unable to charge screens. the foreign object and place the phone in Ÿ Metal foreign body warning the charging area again. 1. Fuel Level 7. Distance To Empty (Range) 2. Up/down selection button • The temperature is too high. Note 2. Navigation Information Display Option 8. Gear Position Display* (equipped on AT Pull it up or down to make selection or model only) adjustment. • There is an internal failure in the mobile The mobile phone wireless charging 3. Vehicle Information Setup Option phone wireless charging system. module may stop working when the 4. Settings 9. Display Zone 3. Confirm button (OK) • The mobile phone is malfunctioning. low frequency antenna of the keyless 5. Warnings 10. General Odometer It is used to confirm the setup or to clear start system is searching for keys. the trip mileage. The confirm button can be 6. Coolant Temperature

70 71 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Interface - 2 Interface - 3 Interface -1 Tyre Pressure Indication Driving Time / Fuel Range Fault Information Inquiry operated in two ways: short press (<2S) Note insufficient, add fuel” will appear in the fuel and long press (<2S). Please keep the tyre pressure within the range indication area. If you long press “OK” reference range, otherwise the tyre on the current interface, the driving time will service life and vehicle controllability can be cleared, while the fuel range cannot be Trip Computer Information Option be reduced, or flat tyre can happen which cleared. is very dangerous. Please do not continue Choose this option to indicate driving driving if the tyre temperature is Vehicle Information Setup Option information such as odometer, current vehicle extremely high. Once overheated, the speed, driving time, fuel range, tyre pressure, brake may fail to provide sufficient etc. Pull the up/down selection button to braking force and the tyre may become switch among the following interfaces: flat. Please stop the vehicle as soon as possible to cool down the tyre and carry Press “OK” and you will enter the fault Interface - 1 information inquiry interface. If no fault The Tyre Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) out inspection. Calculation of the driving time starts as the information is shown, a prompt saying no fault Trip / Average Speed displays the current pressure and temperature vehicle starts running and ends as the vehicle information exists will appear on the LCD; if of the four tyres respectively. stops. The indication can be 23 hours plus 59 any fault information is shown, you can check When the system detects tyre pressure low minutes at maximum. This option allows access to fault information it one by one by pushing the up/down selection or high, it gives a prompt, asking you to adjust After the driving time reaches the maximum button. the tyre pressure in time. For the standard record value, or when the battery gets inquiry, overspeed warning setup, fatigue Press “OK” to return to the parent directory. tyre pressures, please refer to “Technical disconnected, or the engine flameout driving setup and display language setup. Data”. condition lasts for 2 hours, the driving time Pull the up/down selection button and then If any fault exists at the time of vehicle start, a If the tyre temperature value becomes will clear automatically and calculation starts press “OK” to enter the interface under this fault warning will appear and last for 5s. Please extremely great, for example, when you are anew. option. contact the Service Center for inspection and repair. driving down a slope and applies the brake The displayed fuel range is calculated based on The control button on the steering wheel will frequently, please stop the vehicle to cool the current fuel consumption and the fuel be shielded as a warning message pops out on When the icon under this option changes to down the tyres. If the shown tyre temperature amount left in the fuel tank. It changes as the the display screen. The control button will give what is shown above, it indicates a vehicle fault The first trip mileage within the recent driving value becomes abnormal, please contact the driving condition changes. When the fuel level no response even though it is pressed until the to which you should keep alert. Please contact distance are shown. Service Center as soon as possible for low warning indicator illuminates, “fuel warning message disappears. the Service Center in time for inspection and inspection and repair. repair so as to eliminate the safety hazard.

72 73 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Interface - 2 Gear Position Display* Fatigue Driving Warning Setup Multimedia Information Option Bluetooth Telephone Information Option Navigation Information Option (Equipped on AT Model Only) same time, the arrow icon (↑) in the gear position display area will illuminate. For more details, please refer to “Automatic Transmission” in the driving and control section. Door Ajar Warning Lamp

Enter the fatigue driving function setup Choose this option and the instrument cluster Choose this option and the Bluetooth Choose this option and the instrument cluster The automatic transmission has two control interface and you can make fatigue driving will show AM, FM or audio information real- telephone interface will appear. If the will show “road name”, “destination” types: manual and automatic, displayed as “M” function setup. Once the driving time reaches time on the screen. If the instrument cluster instrument cluster has not connected to “distance information” or indication icon on and “A” respectively. or exceeds the set value, a text warning has not connected to the relevant system, Bluetooth telephone, “Telephone Not the screen, depending on the current state of Gear position display prompt includes two message will appear on the LCD, accompanied “Connecting Multimedia” will appear on the Connected” will appear on the screen. After the navigation system. parts: mode prompt and gear position prompt. by a sound alarm. The system reminds you to screen. successful connection, “Telephone If the instrument cluster has not connected to In automatic (A) mode, two transmission have a rest if necessary in this way. You can Connected” will appear on the screen. the navigation system, “Connecting control modes are available: economy and also disable the fatigue driving function by The instrument cluster will show the current Navigation” will appear on the screen. sports, displayed as “E” and “S” respectively. If any door in the front or rear row is ajar or selecting the corresponding option on this state of Bluetooth telephone on the screen: not fully closed, a warning lamp shaped like the interface. The fatigue driving function gets In automatic (A) mode, three gear positions “incoming call”, “outgoing call” and “on the door ajar will illuminate; if the liftgate is ajar or disabled by fault once the battery power is cut will be displayed: D, R and N. line”. not fully closed, a warning lamp shaped like a off. In manual (M) mode, the following gear In addition, the instrument cluster will also liftgate ajar will illuminate or flash. positions will be displayed: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (if Set range of fatigue driving warning: 1 h~ 4 h at show the current telephone number and name equipped), R and N. When driving in this If any door is not fully closed while the vehicle an increment/decrement of 0.5 h. of the contact on the screen. mode, you will be reminded to shift up as the is running at a speed of 10 km/h, a door ajar vehicle speed reaches certain value and at the alarm sound will be issued.

74 75 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Type - I Trip Computer Display Screen Switch Instrument Cluster Display Brightness Type - II Instrument Cluster* If the vehicle is equipped with a Type-I trip computer display screen, you can short press or long press the adjustment lever on the instrument cluster to Adjustment switch the display modes or conduct clearing. As it is shown in the figure: Type - I Instrument Cluster*

For high-configuration models, a backlight As it is shown in the figure, the current brightness adjustment button is set at the left backlight brightness will be shown on the LCD Turn the adjustment lever to set the desired side of the instrument panel. as you make the adjustment. If no operation is display brightness. After adjustment, if no conducted within several seconds, the system operation is conducted within 2s, the system Turn the ignition switch to ON position and will save the setup and turn back to the will turn back to the previous interface. then press the backlight adjustment button to set backlight brightness of the instrument previous interface. When the position lamp is cluster. switched on, the backlight brightness will decrease automatically.

76 77 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Control Indicators Type - I Instrument Cluster If the vehicle is equipped with a Type-I trip computer display screen, you can short press or long press the adjustment lever on the instrument cluster to switch the display modes or conduct clearing. As it is shown in the figure:

78 79 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Type - II Instrument Cluster

1. Engine Tachometer 18. Speedometer 33. Driver Side Seat Belt Warning Light 2. Start And Stop System Shutdown 19. Emergency Stop Light* 34. Passenger Side Seat Belts Warning Indicator* 19a. SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) Lights* 3. Start And Stop System Work Indicator* Warning Light 35. Airbag Failure Warning Light 4. 48v System Failure Warning Light* 20. Automatic Parking (avh) Work 36. Fuel Level Low Warning Light 5. E n g i n e C o m p a r t m e n t O p e n i n g Indicator* 37. Electronic Stability Control (esc) Fault Indicator* 21. Transmission Fault Warning Light* Alarm Notice Light 6. Left Turn Signal / Hazard Warning 22. Engine Anti-theft System Indicator / 38. Electronic Stability Control System (esc) Indicator Immolizer Shutdown Refers To Light 7. Front Fog Light Indicator* 23. Engine Failure Warning Light Mil 39. Electronic Power Steering (eps) Fault 8. Position Light Indicator 24. Oil Pressure Is Too Low Warning Light Warning Light 9. Rear Fog Light Indicator 25. Engine Water Temperature Is Too High 10. Headlights High Beam Indicator Warning Light When the ignition switch is turned on, it is 11. Abs Failure Warning Light 26. Charging System Fault Warning Light used as a function test. 12. Brake System / Hand Brake Indicator / 27. Electronic Hand Brake Work Indicator* Most control lights will be activated for a short Ebd Warning Light 28. Electronic Hand Brake Failure Warning time bright. 13. Right Turn Signal / Hazard Warning Light* The Control Indicator Color Means: Indicator 29. Automatic Parking (avh) Fault Warning Red = Dangerous, Important Reminder. 14. Particle Trap Indicator Light* Light* Yellow = Warning, Message, Fault. 15. Fuel Water Indicator Light* 30. Driving Computer Display Green = Confirm Enable. 16. Glow Plug Indicator Light* 31. Display Adjustment Lever 17. Fixed Speed Cruise Work Status 32. Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (tpms) Indicator* Failure Warning Light*

80 81 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Type - II Instrument Cluster

80 81 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Turn Signal Lamp / Engine Oil Pressure Too Low Hazard Warning Indicator Warning Lamp 1. Speedometer 20. Automatic Parking (AVH) Work 36. Gear Display* 2. Engine anti-theft system indicator / Indicator* 37. Total Odometer Caution Immobilizer 21. Automatic Parking (AVH) Fault 38. Display These indicators are essential for 3. Transmission Failure Warning Light* Warning Light* 39. Water Temperature Warning Lamp assurance of driving safety. If the turn signal lamp or the hazard flasher 4. Position Light Indicator 22. Brake System / Hand Brake Indicator / 40. Tyre Pressure Monitoring System indicator bulb has burnt out, please 5. Engine Failure Warning Light EBD Warning Light (TPMS) Fault Indication light* 23. Oil Gauge replace it immediately. If you fail to keep 6. Left Turn Signal / Hazard Warning 41. ABS Warning Light these indicators in an agreeable working Indicator 24. Water Temperature Gauge 42. Airbag Failure Warning Light condition, accident may happen and as a 7. Front Fog Light Indicator* 25. Start and Stop System Work Indicator* 43. Electronic Stability Control System result, personal injuries, and damage to the vehicle or other properties can occur. 8. Headlights High Beam Indicator 26. Start And Stop System Shutdown (ESC) shutdown refers to Light* 9. Rear Fog Light Indicator Indicator* 44. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Fault 27. Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Note 10. Fuel Water Indicator Light* Alarm Notice light* The turn signal lamp / hazard warning lamp As you turn on the ignition switch, the engine Light If the flashing time is shorter than 11. Glow Plug Indicator Light* indicator is used to confirm whether the normal, it indicates that the turn signal oil pressure too low warning lamp illuminates 28. Driver side Seat Belt Warning Light and it goes out after the engine gets started. 12. Driving Computer Information Tab When the ignition switch is turned on, it is outside turn signal lamp / hazard flasher can lamp bulb has burnt out and must be 29. Charging System Failure Warning Light work normally. If you find that the green This indicates that the indicator bulb can work 13. Particle Trap Indicator Light* used as a function test. replaced. 30. 48v System Failure Warning Light* arrow does not flash as you send a turning normally. 14. Fault Information Prompt Try, most control lights will be activated for a 31. Low Oil Pressure Warning Light short time bright. signal or press the hazard warning button, If this warning lamp illuminates while the 15. Emergency Stop Light* please inspect the fuse and bulb and if 32. Passenger side Seat Belts Warning Lights Control indicator color one position: engine is running, it indicates that the engine 16. Right Turn Signal / Hazard Warning necessary, replace them. oil pressure may have dropped to a dangerous 33. Constant Speed Cruise Work Status Red = dangerous, important reminder. Indicator level. Please stop the engine and check the oil Indicator* 17. Engine Tachometer Yellow = warning, message, fault. level immediately. 34. Fuel Level Low Warning Light 18. Electronic Hand Brake Failure Warning Green = Confirm Enable. If the oil level is too low, please add the Light* 35. Distance to empty (Fuel range) Blue = Confirm Enable. specified engine oil to the appropriate level. 19. Electronic Hand Brake Work Indicator* 35a. SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) Please refer to the information about engine Warning Light oil level check provided in “Vehicle Maintenance”. If the oil level is normal, please

82 83 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Charging System Warning Lamp Coolant Temperature Too High Warning Lamp Front Fog Lamp Indicator* Rear Fog Lamp Indicator go to the nearest MG Authorised Service Note Center to check the lubrication system. If the charging system warning lamp illuminates, it may indicate a charging Caution system fault. When the engine oil pressure too low Please do not drive the vehicle when the warning lamp illuminates, it indicates charging system warning lamp has that the engine oil pressure may have illuminated, otherwise the vehicle can be dropped to a dangerous level. Please do damaged. not drive the vehicle when the warning lamp has illuminated. Otherwise, the Note repair charge will be expensive. If you often drive the vehicle for short trips, the battery capacity consumes This warning lamp illuminates as you turn on more quickly, so it is necessary to the ignition switch. It goes out as the engine replenish the electric energy by charging This warning lamp illuminates as you turn on This indicator illuminates when the front fog This indicator illuminates when the rear fog gets started. If the charging system warning the battery or having a long trip. the ignition switch and it goes out several lamp is turned on. Refer to “Front Fog Lamp” lamp is turned on. Refer to “Rear Fog Lamp” in lamp illuminates during driving: seconds later. It indicates that both the system in the lighting section. the lighting section. 1. Drive the vehicle off the lane in a safe and the indicator bulb can work normally. manner. This indicator illuminates when the coolant 2. Stop the vehicle. temperature becomes excessively high. It indicates that the engine has over heated. 3. Check and confirm that the drive belt has Please do not continue driving the vehicle. not loosened or broken. 4. If the drive belt is normal but the charging system warning lamp keeps illuminated, it can indicate a charging system fault. We advise you to go to the nearest MG Authorised Service Center for vehicle repair as soon as possible.

84 85 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Headlamp High Beam Indicator Position Lamp Indicator Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ABS Fault Warning Lamp

an emergency running procedure so that you If the ABS warning lamp illuminates during can continue the trip. However, we advise you driving, it indicates possibility of an ABS fault. to go to the nearest MG Authorised Service Though the vehicle can run normally without Center for fault removal as soon as possible. If ABS function, but we strongly advise you to go MIL illuminates for a while and then goes out, it to the nearest MG Authorised Service Center is normal, not indicating any system fault. for ABS inspection and necessary repair. Caution Caution Illuminated ABS warning lamp can also If MIL illuminates, it indicates a fault that indicate that the brake cannot work must be noted. Continuous driving after normally. If you fail to keep the brake in MIL has illuminated can cause damage to an agreeable working condition, collision The high beam indicator illuminates when the This indicator illuminates when the position This indicator lamp illuminates when the the emission control system, and reduce The ABS warning lamp will illuminate may happen and as a result, personal injuries, and damage to the vehicle or headlamp high beam is turned on. lamp is turned on. ignition switch is turned on but the engine has fuel economy and vehicle controllability. immediately the ignition switch is turned on. It We advise you to go to the nearest MG other properties can occur. not started. This indicates that the indicator indicates that the system is conducting self- Authorised Service Center for vehicle lamp bulb can work normally. The lamp goes inspection and the warning lamp bulb can repair as soon as possible. out after the engine is started. This work normally. The warning lamp goes out malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates several seconds later. upon occurrence of any component or When the ABS warning lamp gets into the subsystem fault related to the emission following states, please consult the nearest system. Once the electronic control module MG Authorised Service Center. (ECM) detects any fault, the malfunction Ÿ indicator lamp will keep illuminated. In case Not illuminated as the ignition switch is that serious misfire is detected, the turned on malfunction indicator lamp will flash Ÿ Always illuminated constantly. Serious misfire can cause damage Ÿ Illuminated during driving to the catalytic converter. In case of this, the electronic system of the vehicle will switch to

86 87 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Headlamp High Beam Indicator Position Lamp Indicator Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ABS Fault Warning Lamp

86 87 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

EPS Fault Warning Lamp Brake System / EBD Warning Lamp Caution In case of an airbag fault, the warning lamp will In case of this, please operate in the following Caution Illuminated ABS warning lamp can give out indication in any of the following ways: steps: Please do not drive the vehicle when the indicate that the electronic power Ÿ The lamp does not illuminate when the 1. Carefully drive the vehicle off the lane and brake system warning lamp has steering column cannot work normally. If ignition switch is turned on. then stop the vehicle. illuminated. This phenomenon indicates you fail to keep the steering column in an possibility of brake failure to work Ÿ 2. Check the brake fluid level. agreeable working condition, collision The lamp does not go out after it normally. Driving the vehicle after a may happen and as a result, personal illuminates. 3. Add the recommended brake fluid until brake fault has occurred can lead to injuries, and damage to the vehicle or Ÿ Flashing or keeping illuminated during the fluid level reaches MAX (highest) collision, causing personal injuries and other properties can occur. driving. mark. Refer to “Adding Brake/Clutch damage to the vehicle or other Fluid”. properties as a result. Airbag Fault Warning Lamp Caution 4. In case of the following circumstances, we If the airbag warning lamp flashes or advise you to drive the vehicle at a safe keeps illuminated during driving, it This warning lamp will illuminate immediately Model with Mechanical Hand Brake speed to the nearest MG Authorised indicates an airbag system fault. The the ignition switch is turned on. It indicates The brake system warning lamp illuminates airbag system will get deactivated and Service Center to inspect the brake and that the system is conducting self-inspection after the ignition switch is turned on and it thus fail to trigger off in case of an confirm that: and the warning lamp bulb can work normally. goes out several seconds later (if the parking The warning lamp goes out several seconds accident. We strongly advise you to drive • The brake can work normally. brake has been released). This indicates that later. the vehicle to the nearest MG Authorised the warning lamp can work normally. • You think the brake system is safe at When the electronic power steering (EPS) Service Center for inspection. If an The brake system/EBD warning lamp also your own judgment. system detects a fault, the warning lamp will accident happens after the airbag system 5. In case of the following circumstances, we give out an indication. The vehicle can still fault has occurred, personal injuries or illuminates when the parking brake engages. steer even the steering system has a fault, but even death can appear as a result. The lamp goes out after the parking brake is advise you to tow the vehicle to the it demands much greater effort. In case of the released. Please do fully release the parking nearest MG Authorised Service Center following circumstances, please consult the brake before starting the vehicle. for inspection and repair: The airbag warning lamp illuminates when the nearest MG Authorised Service Center. If the brake system warning lamp illuminates Ÿ You discovered brake system ignition switch is turned on and it goes out Ÿ The lamp does not illuminate when the after the parking brake is fully released, it leakage. several seconds later. This indicates that both ignition switch is turned on. indicates possibility that the brake fluid level in the warning lamp bulb and the airbag system Ÿ The brake system warning lamp keeps Ÿ The lamp does not go out after it illuminates. the fluid reservoir is too low or an EBD system can work normally. illuminated. Ÿ The lamp Illuminates during driving. fault has occurred. Ÿ The brake cannot work normally.

88 89 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Model with Electronic Parking Brake Engine Immobilizer System Indicator Front Passenger Fasten-Seat-Belt Driver Fasten-Seat-Belt Warning Lamp Warning Lamp* Fuel Level Too Low Warning Lamp The brake system warning lamp illuminates Caution after the ignition switch is turned on and it If the brake system warning lamp does goes out several seconds later. This indicates not illuminate after the parking brake that the warning lamp can work normally. engages with the ignition switch turned If the brake system warning lamp keeps on, please do not drive the vehicle. illuminated or illuminates during driving, it Please ensure that light-emitting diode of indicates possibility that the brake fluid level in the warning lamp works normally. If the the fluid reservoir is too low or an EBD system lamp does not illuminate when the fault has occurred. In case of this, the parking brake engages with the ignition operation steps are the same as those for switch turned on, even though light- model with mechanical hand brake. emitting diode of the warning lamp works normally, we still advise you to go to the nearest MG Authorised Service This indicator illuminates when the door is Center to inspect the brake system. opened. It goes out after the engine is started. The seat belt warning lamp illuminates if the The seat belt warning lamp illuminates if the This warning lamp will illuminate immediately These phenomena indicate possibility of This indicates that the indicator can work driver does not fasten the seat belt properly front passenger seat is occupied but the the ignition switch is turned on. It indicates a brake system fault. normally. Refer to information on engine after the ignition switch is turned on. occupant does not fasten the seat belt that the system is conducting self-inspection If you fail to keep the brake in an immobilizer system given in “Driving and Following this, the following circumstances properly after the ignition switch is turned on. and the warning lamp bulb can work normally. agreeable working condition, collision Controls”. will appear unless the driver fastens the seat Following this, the following circumstances If this lamp keeps illuminated after the ignition may happen and as a result, personal belt properly: will appear unless the front passenger fastens switch is turned on or it illuminates during injuries, and damage to the vehicle or the seat belt properly: driving, it indicates that the fuel amount in the other properties can occur. Ÿ The seat belt warning lamp keeps illuminated Ÿ The seat belt warning lamp keeps fuel tank is insufficient and you should replenish the fuel in time. Ÿ If the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h, the illuminated warning lamp will flash and the warning Ÿ If the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h, the Note buzzer will buzz for a certain time. warning lamp will flash and the warning Do not exhaust the fuel, otherwise the buzzer will buzz for a certain time. catalytic converter can be damaged. This warning lamp does not illuminate if the front passenger seat is not occupied after the ignition switch is turned on.

90 91 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Working Indicator* Fault Warning Lamp* Working Indicator* Fault Warning Lamp*

Once the electronic parking brake (EPB) fault Ÿ The lamp does not go out after it warning lamp shows the above abnormalities, illuminates. please contact the Service Center in time. An Ÿ The lamp Illuminates during driving. electronic parking brake fault can cause the vehicle to coast. Once the automatic vehicle hold (AVH) fault warning lamp shows the above abnormalities, please contact the MG Authorised Service Note* Center in time. Parking Brake Telltale may blink in cluster after ignition off few times. This is normal phenomenon*.

The electronic parking brake (EPB) working The electronic parking brake fault warning The automatic vehicle hold (AVH) working The automatic vehicle hold (AVH) fault indicator illuminates as the electronic parking lamp illuminates after the ignition switch is indicator illuminates after the ignition switch is warning lamp illuminates after the ignition brake is pulled up. This indicates that the turned on and it goes out several seconds turned on and it goes out several seconds switch is turned on and it goes out several vehicle is in a parking state. later. This indicates that both the warning later. This indicates that the indicator can seconds later. This indicates that both the lamp and the electronic parking brake function This indicator goes out as the electronic work normally. For certain vehicle models, the warning lamp and the automatic vehicle hold module can work normally. parking brake is released. This indicates that indicator does not illuminate when the ignition function module can work normally. For the vehicle is out of the parking state. In case of an electronic parking brake fault or a switch is turned on. certain vehicle models, the warning lamp does warning lamp fault, it will be indicated in any of not illuminate when the ignition switch is This indicator keeps illuminated as long as the This indicator illuminates when the automatic the following ways: turned on. electronic parking brake engages firmly. vehicle hold function works and the vehicle is Ÿ The lamp does not illuminate when the being parked. In case of an automatic vehicle hold function For details about the electronic parking brake ignition switch is turned on. module fault or a warning lamp fault, it will be (EPB), please refer to “Parking Brake” under It goes out as the vehicle gets out of the indicated in any of the following ways: “Driving and Controls”. Ÿ The lamp does not go out after it parking state. illuminates. For details about automatic vehicle hold Ÿ The lamp does not illuminate when the Ÿ The lamp Illuminates during driving. (AVH), please refer to “Parking Brake” under ignition switch is turned on. “Driving and Controls”.

92 93 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Working Indicator* Fault Warning Lamp* Working Indicator* Fault Warning Lamp*

92 93 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

ESC Fault Warning Lamp ESC OFF Indicator Transmission Fault Warning Lamp* Emergency Parking (EP) Indicator* Cruise Control System Working Condition Indicator*

Ÿ The lamp does not go out after it illuminates. Ÿ Flashing or keeping illuminated during driving. In case of this, please contact the Service Center in time.

The warning lamp illuminates after the ignition The warning lamp illuminates after the ignition The transmission fault warning lamp switch is turned on and it goes out several switch is turned on and it goes out several illuminates when the ignition switch is turned For vehicle models equipped with a dual clutch This indicator illuminates when the cruise seconds later. This indicates that the warning seconds later. This indicates that the warning on and it goes out several seconds later. This transmission (DTC), if the transmission is control function is activated. Refer to lamp can work normally. The ESC lamp flashes lamp can work normally. If you press “ESC indicates that both the warning lamp bulb and subject to a serious functional malfunction information given in “Cruise Control System” once the ESC function is triggered off. The OFF” switch when the vehicle speed has not the automatic transmission control system during driving, the instrument will send out an under “Driving and Controls”. system informs the driver that ESC is working exceeded the threshold value, certain can work normally. alarm sound. in this way. If the ESC lamp keeps illuminated, functions of ESC will be deactivated. At this For certain vehicle models, the warning lamp In case of this, please stop the vehicle at the it indicates an ESC fault. Please refer to time, ESC OFF indicator illuminates. Please does not illuminate when the ignition switch is nearest safe place and contact the MG information given in “Electronic Stability refer to information given in “Electronic turned on. It only illuminates upon fault Authorised Service Center immediately. Control (ESC)” under “Driving and Controls”. Stability Control (ESC)” under “Driving and occurrence. Please do not continue driving until the fault is Controls”. removed. In case of an automatic transmission system Note fault, the warning lamp will give out indication Generally, it is not advised to turn ESC in any of the following ways: OFF switch off. Ÿ The lamp does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned on.

94 95 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

ESC Fault Warning Lamp ESC OFF Indicator Transmission Fault Warning Lamp* Emergency Parking (EP) Indicator* Cruise Control System Working Condition Indicator*

Ÿ The lamp does not go out after it illuminates. Ÿ Flashing or keeping illuminated during driving. In case of this, please contact the Service Center in time.

94 95 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

TPMS Fault Indicator* Overspeed Warning SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) Diesel Particulate Filter Indicator Fuel Water Indicator Light* Warning Light Alarm will stop warning when the speed comes below 115km/h, then again over 120km/h, it will be warn for overspeed.

Vehicle – Start / Stop Function

The warning lamp illuminates after the ignition If the vehicle speed is greater than 80km/h, the The indicator will illuminate when DPF is This indicator will illuminate when the water is switch is turned on and it goes out several meter will make an audible alarm sounds and The Low Diesel Exhaust Emissions Additive blocked completely / partially. It does not mixed with the fuel. seconds later. This indicates that the warning displays alarm icon. If the vehicle speed is Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) indicator light affect the operation of the vehicle, but if it is Once the light glows, immediately, drain the lamp can work normally. always more than 80km/h then every two illuminates when the Diesel Exhaust Fluid due to blockage of DPF, it may affect engine water through the bottom of the water The TPMS fault indicator illuminates when the minutes, the alarm will indicate the overspeed (DEF) level is low. power performance. After this warning light is separator / fuel filter. Release the water to tyre pressure is too low or too high, or when a driving. The "OK" button removes the icon This indicator illuminates when vehicle start / Fill the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank as soon ON, please drive vehicle at a constant speed of drain, otherwise it will cause damage to oil TPMS fault occurs. from display. stop function is functioning. This function as possible with at least 5 liters of Diesel 70-80km / h for a while. Release the throttle injection Parts. If the indicator is still glowing Alarm will stop warning when the speed indicates Engine automatically start / stop. Exhaust Fluid (DEF). for a while, repeat the process. Do it 3 or 4 please contact the MG Authorised Service For the correct tyre pressures, please refer to times. If the indicator is still running after “Technical Data”. comes below 75km/h, then again over 80km/h, Centre for rectification if necessary. it will be warn for overspeed. running at high speed, please go to the service center for rectification. If the vehicle speed is more than 120km/h, the alarm will come continuously, and icon is always displayed. You can use the “OK” button to remove the icon.

96 97 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Vehicle – Start / Stop Function

96 97 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Engine Hood Open Indicator* Glow Plug Indicator* 48v System Failure Warning Light* Reverse Sensor* The intelligent reverse sensor judges the When the distance between the vehicle and the Note distance between rear end of the vehicle and the obstacle behind it is within about 0.4 m, the Ÿ To ensure reversing safety and to leave obstacle via the ultrasonic transducer installed reverse buzzer sends out alarm sound constantly. enough time for the system to detect, on the rear bumper. please drive at a speed of 5 km/h or lower Note during reversing. If the buzzer buzzes once after you turn on the Ÿ Ÿ Please note that the system is likely Please stop the vehicle immediately a ignition switch and shift to reverse gear, it constant alarm sound is heard in case that to work abnormally due to wrong indicates that the system can work normally. the vehicle bumps onto the obstacle induction under the following If the buzzer buzzes twice, it indicates that one behind it. circumstances: reversing the vehicle Ÿ Please do not knock the transducers hard transducer fails to work; if it buzzes thrice, it on an uneven road, a road paved with indicates that 2 or more transducers cannot or wash them directly with a high- round stones, an uphill road or pressure water gun, otherwise the work normally. g r a s s l a n d ; i n t e r f e r e n c e f r o m transducers can be damaged. This indicator will illuminate when the engine This indicator will illuminate when the glow This indicator will illuminate when the 48V The intelligent reverse sensor starts to work ultrasonic noise, metallic sound or Ÿ Sundries on the transducers such as snow, hood is opened or it is not properly closed. plug is working on diesel. hybrid system not working. immediately every time you turn on the ignition high-pressure gas emission sound of mud and water drops can lead to This means that the engine is warming up. Do Please contact the MG Authorised Service switch and shift to reverse gear. the same frequency; sundries on the misoperation. Vehicle – Start / Stop Fault Indicator transducers; height change of vehicle Ÿ Please note that the system is likely to fail not start during this period, once the light is Centre as soon as possible. When the distance between the vehicle and the switched off then only start the engine. This rear end under heavy load; other to detect the following obstacles: those of obstacle behind it is within about 1.5 m~1.0 m, a conical shape or acute angle reflectors; will make the startup process very smooth. detecting equipment installed within the reverse buzzer sends out alarm sound at the effective detection range. objects which are prone to absorb sound long intervals. Ÿ I f a n y n o n s t a n d a r d r a d i o wave, such as cotton and snow; fine objects such as iron gauze and ropes; communication equipment is When the distance between the vehicle and the objects 30 cm or lower to the ground or 1 obstacle behind it is within about 1.0 m~0.6 m, installed on the vehicle, usage of such m or higher than the ground. The system the reverse buzzer sends out alarm sound at equipment (not including mobile may detect these obstacles first, but as short intervals. cellphone and audio system) may they become nearer and nearer to the affect the function of this system. vehicle, they can get out of the effective When the distance between the vehicle and the detection range, not detected as a result. obstacle behind it is within about 0.6 m~0.4 m, Ÿ This indicator illuminates when vehicle start / When reversing down or up a slope, the the reverse buzzer sends out alarm sound at system may give out a wrong warning, stop function is not functioning. shorter intervals. reminding you to take great care.

98 99 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Parking Assist System* Parking Assist System Switch* Reverse Video Display* Sector Indication Area* For the rear left middle and rear right middle The parking assist system judges the distance The bottom red line represents the warning sector indication areas: When the distance between front/rear end of the vehicle and the line for a distance front the obstacle to the from the vehicle to the obstacle is within about obstacle via the ultrasonic transducer installed vehicle rear end within 0.4 m; the middle 0.6 m~1.0 m, the sector indication area on the front/rear bumper. If the buzzer buzzes yellow line represents the warning line for a appears green and the buzzer sends out alarm once after you turn on the ignition switch, it distance from the obstacle to the vehicle rear sound intermittently. When the distance is indicates that the system can work normally. end within 1.0 m; the top green line represents within 0.4 m~0.6 m, the sector indication area If the buzzer buzzes twice, it indicates that one the warning line for a distance the obstacle to appears yellow and the buzzer sends out alarm transducer fails to work; if it buzzes thrice, it the vehicle rear end within 2.0 m; the line on sound at short intervals. When the distance is indicates that 2 or more transducers cannot both sides is the vehicle width indication line. within 0.4 m, the sector indication area work normally. Reverse Guide Line* appears red and the buzzer sends out alarm sound constantly. When a transducer fault is detected, the fault The yellow guide line can develop into a information will appear on the audio system dynamic virtual guiding line as you turn the display screen. If the vehicle is equipped with parking assist As is shown in the figure, if the vehicle is As is shown in the figure, a total of 6 sector Caution system switch, the switch indicator will steering wheel. equipped with reverse camera, images behind indication areas are shown on the screen, The intelligent reverse camera can only Caution illuminate after the ignition switch is turned on the vehicle, reverse auxiliary lines and guide indicating the distance from the obstacle to help the driver avoid accident during and the parking assist system switch is pressed; The reverse camera and the parking lines will appear on the multimedia player front left, front right, rear left, rear right, rear reversing. The driver should always keep if the parking brake is released at this time, the assist system can only help the driver concentrated. MG Motor shoulders no parking assist system starts to work. screen after you turn on the ignition switch, left middle and rear right middle of the vehicle avoid accident during reversing or release the parking brake and shift to Reverse respectively. responsibility for any personal injury or If front/rear end of the vehicle is within certain vehicle damage resulting from careless parking. The driver should always keep Gear “R”. If the vehicle is of high configuration, For the front left, front right, rear left and rear concentrated. MG Motor shoulders no distance from the obstacle, parking assist a sector indication area will also show on the driving with great reliance on the on- indication will appear on the audio system right sector indication areas: board reverse camera. Before reversing, responsibility for any personal injury or screen. vehicle damage resulting from careless display screen. Press the switch again and the When the distance from the vehicle to the please ensure that no child or animal is driving with great reliance on the on- parking assist system turns off. The switch Reverse Auxiliary Line obstacle is within about 0.4 m~0.6 m, the near the vehicle. board radar system. Before reversing or indicator also goes out. The auxiliary is divided into three sections: sector indication area appears yellow and the parking, please ensure that no child or red, yellow and green, based on the distance buzzer sends out alarm sound at short animal is near the vehicle as the radar between the object and rear end of the intervals. When the distance is within 0.4 m, system may fail to respond to them. vehicle. the sector indication area appears red and the buzzer sends out alarm sound constantly.

100 101 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

360 Degree Panoramic Parking System Display* Parking Screen Assist* Panoramic Parking Screen Switch Parking Image Assist during Reversing

The parking assist system activates When the transmission is engaged in Forward If you need to check the side environment automatically (under the precondition that the Gear (D Mode) or Neutral Gear, press ON / during turning, press the switch first and then parking brake is released) as the shift lever is Off switch to display 360 degree parking turn on the turn signal lamp to display the turned to the reverse gear. screen auxiliary function. "front/rear view + side view + 3D panoramic It exits when the vehicle speed exceeds 20 It is automatically turned on when the Reverse view" on the display screen of the audio km/h. To activate the system again, please Gear (R) is engaged. Under the parking assist system. press the switch. screen, according to your needs, Tap the You can also press the keys on the screen to screen selection icon on the left side of the switch the images. center console to cut change to the Warning corresponding interface below. Using left / right indicators can also change interface view. There is a certain blind spot in the parking screen, especially near the area As is shown in the figure, when the transmission The 360° panoramic parking image assist is to When the transmission is turned to R gear, the around the vehicle. Therefore, it must be is engaged on the Forward Gear (D Mode) or display the images collected by the cameras "rear view + side view + 3D panoramic view" cautious, not to use this function as the the Neutral Gear, a prompt window will pop up installed on both sides of the outside rearview will appear on the display screen of the audio only basis for judging safety. in the audio system display screen as front end mirrors and the front/rear bumpers on the system to help you check the environment MG India is not responsible for any of the vehicle is within about 0.6 m from the display screen of the audio system to help you behind the vehicle when reversing. inadvertent driving if assisted by the obstacle or rear end of the vehicle is within check the outside environment. Turn the Parking Image Assist at Forward Gear parking screen of the device cause personal injury and property damage. about 1.5 m from the obstacle. ignition switch at the ON position before (D Mode) or Neutral Gear Color of the front and rear sector areas will using this function. It exits when the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h. When the transmission is at Neutral Gear or change as the distance changes, accompanied Forward Gear (D Mode), if you want to check by alarm sound. Please refer to information When the transmission is at Forward Gear (D the environment in front of the vehicle, press given in “Sector Indication Area”. Mode) or Neutral Gear, press the switch to the panoramic parking image switch to display The prompt window will disappear when the display the 360° panoramic parking image the "front view + side view + 3D panoramic system detects no obstacle. assist. When the transmission is at R gear, this view". function is enabled automatically. The window will disappear immediately you press the window off button (x). It will appear again if an obstacle is detected. 102 103 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

360 Degree Panoramic Parking System Display* Parking Screen Assist* Panoramic Parking Screen Switch Parking Image Assist during Reversing

Lighting

Outside Lighting...... 104 Ÿ Stop Lamp...... 107 Ÿ Lighting Switches...... 104 Ÿ Day Running Lamp*...... 107 Ÿ High Beam ...... 104 Ÿ Headlamp Leveling...... 107 Ÿ Automatic Headlamp ON/OFF ...... 104 Ÿ Headlamp OFF Delay...... 107 Ÿ Headlamp Flashing ...... 104 Ÿ Lamp ON Reminder...... 107 Ÿ Automatic Wiping ...... 105 Inside Lighting ...... 108 Ÿ Hazard Flasher...... 105 Ÿ Front Reading Lamp ...... 108 Ÿ Turn and Lane Change Signal Lamp...... 105 Ÿ Rear Reading Lamp...... 108 Fog Lamp...... 106 Ÿ Luggage Compartment Ÿ Steering Assist Lighting Function* ...... 106 Illumination Lamp ...... 109 Ÿ Front Fog Lamp* ...... 106 Ÿ Rear Fog Lamp...... 107

104 LIGHTING

Lighting

104 LIGHTING LIGHTING

Outside Lighting Lighting Switches Automatic Wiping Hazard Flasher Turn and Lane Change Signal Lamp instrument panel lamp and backlight of all the The headlamp high beam indicator illuminates panels illuminate. when the headlamp high beam is turned on. To = The low beam lamp and all lamps switch from headlamp high beam to low beam, mentioned above illuminate under the pull the control lever towards the opposite precondition that the ignition switch is turned direction until it returns to the normal to ON position. position. Automatic Headlamp ON / OFF High Beam When the ignition switch is in ON position, turn the combination switch lever to AUTO Position. This activates automatic headlamp ON / OFF function. To switch ON or OFF the headlamp, tail lamp The system's light sensor recognizes the environment's light and dark condition. The sensor is installed on the front windshield Press to turn on/off the hazard flasher. To turn on the Turn And Lane Change Signal and parking lamp, please turn the end of the Lamp, the ignition switch must be in ON combination switch control lever. Headlamp Flashing Light and rain sensors are used to sense light Note and rain. The control module provides sensing position. To activate headlamp high beam flashing, Please turn on the lights manually in a The lighting switch has 3 positions and they signals for bad / good lighting & amount of Control lever upward = right turn signal lamp please pull the combination switch control dense fog environment. The lighting represent different lighting functions: water vapor / rainfall on the surface of the lever toward yourself and then release it. The system may not automatically turn ON Control lever downward = left turn signal OFF= All the lamps are turned off. control lever will return to the normal glass. because of dense fog. Automatic lighting lamp AUTO= Automatic Light Control turns the position as you release it. The automatic control (AUTO) function of control is just an auxiliary function. The After cornering, the turn signal interrupts lights on whenever the sensor, in the To turn on headlamp high beam: Before you release the control lever, the the wiper / headlamp acts accordingly. driver should use lights as per the automatically and the control lever returns to instrument panel, senses dark conditions. The • Ensure that the ignition switch is in ON headlamp high beam keeps illuminated. Stains or snow and ice can affect the sensor's requirement of environment. the normal position. system will activate the lights when the car is position; Warnings performance. Please clean up the glass on To change the lane, you can pull the control driven in a enclosure, such as a parking garage. time. Heavy overcast conditions can cause the lights • The headlamp is in a low beam state; While approaching incoming vehicle or lever to halfway position (not reaching the to switch on. • As is shown in the figure, push the the vehicle ahead, please use low beam. turn signal lamp position) and keep pulling it. This is because headlamp high beam can After lane change, release the control lever = The position lamp, license plate lamp, combination switch control lever towards the instrument panel. make other driver feel temporarily blind and it will return to the normal position and cause collision as a result. automatically.

106 107 LIGHTING LIGHTING

Fog Lamp Steering Assist Lighting Function* Front Fog Lamp* Rear Fog Lamp Day Running Lamp* A rear turn signal lamp is integrated on the During steering, the two front fog lamp will The day running lamp turns on automatically 2 = all seats occupied with the luggage rear combination lamp and the rear bumper of illuminate to provide auxiliary lighting if certain as the engine starts; it goes out automatically compartment loaded your vehicle respectively. If you turn on the conditions are satisfied. These conditions are: as the position lamp is turned on. 1. The engine is running; 3 = driver’s seat occupied with the luggage turn signal lamp with the liftgate open, the turn Headlamp Leveling compartment loaded signal lamp on the rear bumper will illuminate. 2. The vehicle speed is < 35 Km/h; This ensures that a turn signal is sent to the 3. The low beam lamp is turned on; Headlamp OFF Delay drivers behind even when the liftgate is open. 4. The steering wheel angle is >60° or the To trigger off headlamp OFF delay function, turn signal lamp switch is turned on. turn off the headlamp and pull the light control As the front fog lamp illuminates, the front fog lever towards the steering wheel within one lamp indicator on the instrument panel also second for twice after you shut down the illuminates. engine and turn the ignition switch to ACC or LOCK position, or after you pull out the key. The steering assist lighting function After remote locking, the low beam lamp will deactivates and the front fog lamps go out When the ignition switch is turned to ON When the headlamp is in low beam state or turn off automatically 30s later; if the vehicle is after a while under any of the following position, and the headlamp functions as a the front fog lamp is turned on, turn the rear not remotely locked, the low beam lamp will condition: position lamp or in a low beam state, turn the wiper control knob to “s” position and then ring button in the middle of the combination turn off automatically 10 minutes later. 1. The steering wheel angle is < 30° or the release it to turn on the rear fog lamp. Turn switch to ON (connected) position to turn on turn signal lamp switch is turned off. the knob again to turn off the rear fog lamp. Lamp ON Reminder the front fog lamp. Turn the ring switch to OFF The headlamp leveling knob is located at the 2. The ignition switch is turned to a position If the low beam lamp or front fog lamp is If any lamp switch is not turned to OFF (disconnected) position to turn off the front left side of the instrument panel. other than ON. turned off with the rear fog lamp turned on, position after you turn the ignition switch to fog lamp. Please adapt the headlamp illuminate range to 3. The vehicle speed is > 40 Km/h; the rear fog lamp keeps on. LOCK position or pull out the key, the buzzer the vehicle load so as to acquire the best will send out alarm sound as the driver’s door 4. The low beam lamp is turned off. Backup Lamp lighting effect and avoid dazzling. Turn the is opened. The alarm sound stops after the The backup lamp illuminates after you turn on knob to the desired position: lamp is turned off. the ignition switch and shift to reverse gear. 0 = front seats occupied Stop Lamp 1 = all seats occupied The stop lamp illuminates as you depress the brake pedal.

108 109 LIGHTING LIGHTING

Inside Lighting Front Reading Lamp Type-I Type-II Rear Reading Lamp Type-I Type-II Luggage Compartment Illumination Lamp

The lamp has 3 working positions. or : Press the button to turn on the The rear reading lamp has 2 working buttons: For certain models, two reading lamps are The luggage compartment illumination lamp left/right reading lamp and press it again to installed on the roof over the second row illuminates as the liftgate is opened. It goes out : The lamp illuminates and keeps : Press the switch and the lamp turn the lamp off. seats. You can press the reading lamp switch after the liftgate is closed. illuminated until it is manually turned off. illuminates. It will not go out until the switch is to turn it on/off. : The lamp gradually illuminates as any door : The reading lamp gradually illuminates if pressed again. Note is opened; it works for a while and then any door is opened (including liftgate) as the Please do not replace with a high-power button is pressed. It gradually goes out after all : The lamp gradually illuminates if the gradually goes out after all the doors (including switch is pressed and any door is opened; it bulb (for example, refit with a xenon the doors are closed. headlamp) in case that the lamp burns liftgate) are closed. works for a while and then gradually goes out out or an accident arises from it. : The lamp does not illuminate even a door Warnings after all the doors (including liftgate) are Please turn off all lamps before you leave is opened. Please avoid usage of the inside lamps closed. the vehicle. during driving in darkness. A bright passenger compartment can reduce the visibility outside and cause collision as a result.

110 111 LIGHTING LIGHTING

Inside Lighting Front Reading Lamp Type-I Type-II Rear Reading Lamp Type-I Type-II Luggage Compartment Illumination Lamp

110 111 AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

Audio Entertainment System

Audio Control Buttons on Steering Wheel* ...... 112 Driver Information and Entertainment...... 113 Ÿ Navigator Upgrading* ...... 114

112 AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

Audio Entertainment System

Audio Control Buttons on Steering Wheel* ...... 112 Driver Information and Entertainment...... 113 Ÿ Navigator Upgrading* ...... 114

112 AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

Audio Control Buttons on Driver Information and Entertainment Steering Wheel* As the model configuration or the supporting manufacturers are different, the audio entertainment system function, the display interface and the operation method may be different, such as video and entertainment, navigation, reverse camera, Bluetooth and telephone calls. For details about Type I 4. Song Selection / Station Switch 4. Audio Source Selection Button functional introduction and description of the audio entertainment system, please refer to the Vehicle Audio System Instructions placed in the glove box. Thumbwheel Press the button to switch among audio Inspection before Repair Pull the thumbwheel up and down to select the sources such as radio / USB / Bluetooth music. station or song. If you feel a bit of misgiving about certain audio function, before driving the vehicle to the Service Center for repair, please first read the directions given in 5. Song Selection / Station Switch the product instructions carefully and then check and operate according to the following table. This can help you remove the fault. Type II Thumbwheel Pull the thumbwheel up / down to select the The host does not work and no information is shown on the screen. Take out the host from the instrument panel, and then check the host fuse and next / previous station or song. connector to the vehicle. The host works but no sound can be heard or the sound volume is very low. Increase the sound volume and check the front/rear and left/right balance setup of the horn. 6. Call Answer Button Press the button to answer Bluetooth phone The device body is a little hot. The device heats normally as it works. calls or enter the Bluetooth interface. The radio cannot search for the desired station. Inspect whether the antenna is fully stretched and connected correctly. Inspect whether the antenna amplifier in the vehicle has been damaged. Signal of the desired station is too weak and please tune manually. Certain audio files cannot be played via USB connection. Please confirm whether the device supports such audio files. Refer to the vehicle audio 1. Mute or Call Hangup Button system instructions. It is used to sound off or hang up a Bluetooth The sound volume fluctuates as MP3 songs are played. As MP3 songs are of wide sources and no uniform standard applies. The reason can be telephone call. that the volumes of MP3 songs are different as they are compressed. Please turn the volume knob to adjust in case of this. 2. Volume Adjustment Thumbwheel Pull the thumbwheel up and down to adjust The singer/track/song name cannot be displayed. The device does not support text display of the audio file. 1. Reserved Button the sound volume. The music pauses intermittently as it is played. The reason can be that the format of the music file is different as it is compressed. It is reserved with no role to play for the time 3. Bluetooth Setup or Call Answer Songs stored in the memory device cannot be read. Please confirm that the storage partition form of the memorizer is FAT16 or FAT32 as being. it is checked in the computer; if not, please make new setup on the computer to Button 2. Volume Adjustment Thumbwheel change the format into a standard applicable to the device requirement. Press the button to enter the Bluetooth interface or answer the Bluetooth telephone Pull the thumbwheel up / down to increase / MP3 songs cannot be read via an all-in-one USB adapter. This device only supports song reading via an adapter with only one USB port. call. decrease the volume. Noise can be heard. The noise can be produced by the device used to record the original audio file or it 3. Mute or Call Hangup Button may be the noise existed at the time of recording. Please use other players to play the file and then confirm whether the problem lies in this device. It is used to sound off or hang up a Bluetooth telephone call. If the fault still cannot be removed, please go to the MG Authorised Service Center for inspection. Never disassemble the host to repair it on yourself.

114 115 AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

114 115 AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM HVAC

Navigator Upgrading* HVAC When the navigator cannot display Air Outlet ...... 116 Ÿ Temperature Control Knob ...... 123 comparatively new main roads, it is time to Air Conditioning ...... 118 Ÿ Fan Control Knob ...... 123 update and upgrade the map data. Ÿ Electronic Air Conditioning Ÿ Air Distribution Mode Button ...... 123 For details, please refer to the navigation Control Panel ...... 118 Ÿ Internal Circulation Mode Button...... 123 system instructions. Ÿ Temperature Control Key ...... 119 Ÿ Rear Windshield Defroster Button* 124 Note Ÿ Fan Control Key ...... 119 Ÿ Air Conditioning (A/C) Button...... 124 After upgrading, the map may still fail to Ÿ Air Distribution Mode ...... 119 Ÿ Cool Air ...... 125 display all the roads which are recently Ÿ Front Windshield Defrosting Key .....121 Ÿ Warm Air ...... 125 completed and open to traffic. It is Ÿ Internal / External Ÿ Ventilation...... 126 normal that certain roads can be Circulation Mode Key ...... 121 Ÿ displayed only on an upgraded map of a Rapid Defrosting and Defogging...... 126 Manual Air Conditioning ...... 122 followup version. Ÿ Control Panel...... 122

116 AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM HVAC

116 HVAC HVAC

Air Outlet Side Air Outlet Console Air Outlet Rear Air Outlet* You can divert the air to both sides of the front riding area or the side door windows by operating the two adjustable side air outlets. Beside each air outlet, an air volume adjustment switch is located and you can operate the switch to adjust the air volume. Front Door Window Defogger Air Outlet The front door window defogger air outlet is used to divert the air to the side door window, mainly to the outside rearview mirror area. Central Air Outlet If equipped, the air outlets are located on the There is two rear air outlet for the 7 seater You can decide the flow direction of the air back of the armrest between the two front variant. You can decide the flow direction from the two adjustable central air outlets. seats. They can divert the air to the rear from the adjustable air outlet. Front Windshield Defogger Air Outlet passenger area. The front windshield defogger air outlet is used to divert air to the front windshield. Floor Air Outlet The floor air outlet is used to divert the air to the front foot area.

1. Side Air Outlet 3. Front Windshield Defogger Air Outlet 5. Floor Air Outlet 2. Front Door Window Defogger Air Outlet 4. Central Air Outlet 6. Console Air Outlet

118 119 HVAC HVAC

1. Side Air Outlet 3. Front Windshield Defogger Air Outlet 5. Floor Air Outlet 2. Front Door Window Defogger Air Outlet 4. Central Air Outlet 6. Console Air Outlet

118 119 HVAC HVAC

Air Conditioning Electronic Air Conditioning Control Panel Temperature Control Key Air Distribution Mode 1. A/C Interface You can also adjust the A/C temperature via One of the following five positions can be 2. A/C Key temperature slider. selected in the air distribution mode according 3. Auto Key Once the temperature reaches the hottest to the required airflow direction. 4. Temperature Rise Key (coolest) extent, if you pull the switch up again, 5. Temperature Adjustment Slider the temperature stays unchanged. 6. Temperature Drop Key Fan Control Key 7. Air Volume Increase Key 8. Air Volume Adjustment Slider 9. Air Volume Decrease Key 10. Face-Foot Mode Key 11. Face Mode Key 12. Internal Circulation Mode Key The temperature control key is used to control the air temperature at the vent. The 13. Foot Mode Key temperature can be controlled by slider and 14. OFF Key increase/decrease key. 15. External Circulation Mode Key 1. Face-foot mode key In A/C state, click the ∧ key once. The set 16. Foot/Defrosting Mode Key 2. Face mode key temperature display increases 1 gear, with the 17. Front Defrosting Mode Key 3. Foot mode key maximum of Gear 8. Click the ∨ key once. The set temperature display decreases 1 gear, You can control the air volume at the air 4. Foot/Defrosting mode key with the minimum of Gear 1. outlet via fan control key. The air volume can 5. Front defrosting mode key In AUTO state, click the ∧ key once. The set be controlled by slider and increase/decrease temperature display increases 0.5°, with the key. Click the once. The air volume display maximum of 32°. Click the ∨ key once. The increases 1 gear, with the maximum of Gear 8. set temperature display decreases 0.5°, with Click the once. The air volume display the minimum of 18°. decreases 1 gear, with the minimum of Gear 1.

120 121 HVAC HVAC

Face-foot Mode Key ( ) Face Mode ( ) Front Windshield Defrosting Key Internal / External Circulation Mode Key Most of the air flows out from the floor air outlet and the front seat lower air outlet; little amount of air flows out from the windshield and front door window defroster air outlet and the side air outlet. Foot / Defrosting Mode ( )

In this mode, the air flows in two directions. In this mode, the air flows out from the central Press the button to select the front windshield You can press this button during driving on a Press this key to switch to the external Half of the air flows out from the floor air air outlet, the side air outlet and the console defroster mode. dusty road, or when you want to prevent the circulation mode. The external circulation outlet and the front seat lower air outlet; the air outlet*. Press the front windshield defroster button exhaust or outside smoke entering inside, or icon displays in white, and the internal when you want to quickly decrease or circulation icon displays in grey. The air is remaining air flows out from the central air Foot Blowing Mode ( ) and the air volume ascends to Range 6 outlet, side air outlet and console air outlet*. automatically. If the air volume is already increase temperature in the passenger area. circulated externally. higher than 6 before the button is pressed, it The internal circulation icon displays in white, The system memorizes the previously set air will remain at same speed. and the interior air is circulated internally. circulation mode the next time you start the In this mode, air flows out from the front As you switch from the air blow mode to the vehicle. windshield defroster air outlet, the front door defroster mode, the indicator below the button window defroster air outlet, the floor air Caution illuminates. As you turn on A/C function, the outlet, the front seat lower air outlet and the indicator on the A/C button illuminates. You may feel tyred and sleepy after long- side air outlet. time driving in the internal circulation The air circulation mode switches to external mode. circulation. Press the button again to turn off Please switch to external circulation the front defroster mode and the system mode on a regular basis to acquire fresh restore to the state before defrosting. air.

122 123 HVAC HVAC

Manual Air Conditioning Control Panel Temperature Control Knob Fan Control Knob

1. Fan Control Knob direction. Control the air to blow out from 2. Front Windshield Defroster Button the corresponding air outlet. Please refer to the contents of "Air Distribution Mode" of the 3. Air Conditioning (A/C) Button above automatic constant temperature A/C. 4. Internal Circulation Button 5. Rear Windshield Defroster Button / Internal Circulation Mode Button Outside Rearview Mirror Defroster Button* 6. Temperature Control Knob 7. Face Blowing Mode 8. Face/foot Mode 9. Foot Blowing Mode It is used to control temperature of the air Turn the fan speed control knob to control 10. Foot Blowing/Front Defrosting Mode flowing out from the air outlet. the system air flow. Note: Once the indicator of the button Turn the knob to the blue area and cool air There are 8 wind speed gears in total, with the illuminates, the corresponding function starts comes out; to the red area and warm air maximum of Gear 8. Turn it to "OFF" to close to work. comes out. the air volume of the A/C system. Air Distribution Mode Button You can press this button during driving on a dusty road, or when you want to prevent the exhaust or outside smoke entering inside, or when you want to quickly decrease or increase temperature in the passenger area. The indicator on the button illuminates and air starts to circulate inside the vehicle. Press this button again to switch to the Adjust the air distribution knob to the desired external circulation mode, the indicator will mode so that the air flows in the desired go out and outside fresh air enters inside.

124 125 HVAC HVAC

Manual Air Conditioning Control Panel Temperature Control Knob Fan Control Knob

124 125 HVAC HVAC

Cool Air Warm Air Caution If you use the rear windshield defroster Air Conditioning (A/C) Button Note Fast Cooling Rapid Heating You may feel tired and sleepy after long- under these circumstances, the vehicle After the air conditioning system is To cool down fast in scorching hot days or Activate the rapid heating mode to increase time driving in the internal circulation battery can become under voltage. turned on, you can find water drops in the after the vehicle is kept under the blazing sun the passenger area temperature quickly. It is mode, so please switch to the external Lack of proper maintenance may cause lower area of the engine compartment. for a long time: prohibited to activate this mode for a long mode on a regular basis to acquire fresh air. damage to the defroster or scratches on The water drops are formed as moisture 1. Open the door windows a little to expel time, otherwise the inside air quality will the glass. in the air condenses on surface of the air the hot air inside. decrease and fog can form on the windows. To Rear Windshield Defroster Button* It is not allowed to use any sharp cleaner conditioning system component, which is 2. Turn on the air conditioning (A/C) system. clear up the fog on the windows, turn off the or that prone to cause glass wear to clean a normal phenomenon. (The indicator illuminates at this time.) internal circulation mode so that fresh air the rear windshield. enters inside. 3. Activate the internal circulation mode. During vehicle cleaning or when Note To acquire the warmest air: 4. Switch the air distribution mode to face operating near the rear windshield, As the air conditioning compressor mode ( ). 1. Turn off the air conditioning (A/C) system. please take care not to shake or damage works, it consumes certain engine (The indicator goes out at this time.) the defroster wire. 5. Adjust the temperature to the maximum power. This is the reason why you may 2. Activate the internal circulation mode. If the driver’s view is affected, an accident find that the vehicle power performance coolness. To turn on the air conditioning (A/C) system: 3. Switch the air distribution mode to foot can happen, causing personal injuries, decreases when the air conditioning 6. Adjust the fan speed to the maximum. mode ( ). damage to the vehicle or property loss. 1. Start the engine. refrigeration function is activated. Normal Cooling 4. Adjust the temperature to the maximum 2. Press the air conditioning (A/C) button. 1. Turn on the air conditioning (A/C) button. To turn on the rear windshield defroster, first warmness. Air Conditioning System The button indicator illuminates, indicating Note (The indicator illuminates at this time.) turn on the ignition switch and then press the 5. Adjust the fan speed to the maximum. Refrigerating device of the air conditioning that the air conditioning system is working. The air conditioning system cannot work 2. Activate the internal circulation mode. rear windshield defroster button. The Normal Heating instrument on the button will illuminate. system is used to cool down the inside air and 3. Adjust the fan speed. if the fan control thumbwheel is turned 3. Switch the air distribution mode to face 1. Turn off the air conditioning (A/C) system. Please turn off the defroster after your view remove the moisture and dust contained in to OFF position. mode ( ) or dual mode ( ). To turn off the air conditioning system: (The indicator goes out at this time.) becomes clear. the air. 4. Adjust the temperature to the cool air area. Press the A/C button again to make sure that 2. Activate the external circulation. Caution If the temperature control knob is already set 5. Adjust the fan speed to the desired value. to a comparatively high temperature, warm air the A/C stops refrigerating. 3. Switch the air distribution mode to foot Usage of the rear windshield defroster is will be generated inside the vehicle even If the air conditioning system was kept on mode ( ) or dual mode ( ). p r o h i b i t e d u n d e r t h e f o l l o w i n g though the air conditioning refrigeration when the engine was shut down the last time, 4. Adjust the temperature to the warm air circumstances: (A/C) function is activated. the system will turn on automatically as the area. • The engine is not running. vehicle is started next time. 5. Adjust the fan speed to the desired value. • Snow or ice has deposited on the rear windshield.

126 127 HVAC HVAC

126 127 HVAC DRIVING AND CONTROLS Driving and Controls Ventilation Rapid Defrosting and Defogging Rear Fan Control Switch* Dual Mode Please operate in the following steps in Driving Instructions ...... 128 Ÿ Shifting ...... 139 Ÿ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) cold weather: This mode is applicable to cool and sunny days. Ÿ Vehicle Control...... 128 Ÿ Gear ...... 139 System ...... 148 Ÿ Air conditioning switch (A/C): ON Warm air is controlled to flow to the floor Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ ESC OFF Switch ...... 150 (southern area) or OFF (northern area) Emergency Measures...... 128 Gear Display...... 140 area and outside cool air is controlled to flow Ÿ Ÿ Air inlet mode: external circulation mode Start and Operation ...... 129 Ÿ Vehicle Start...... 141 Hill-start Hold Control (HHC) to upper portion of the compartment. System* ...... 150 (the indicator turns off) Ÿ Trial Run of New Vehicle...... 129 Ÿ Automatic Upshift...... 141 The method to use this setup is: Ÿ Parking Brake...... 151 Air distribution mode: ( ) Ÿ Mechanical Ignition Switch Position*...... 130 Ÿ Kick-down ...... 141 1. Disable the internal circulation key. (The Ÿ Temperature switch: red zone (warm air) Ÿ Mechanical Hand Brake* ...... 151 Ÿ Engine START STOP Ÿ Hill-start Hold Control...... 141 indicator goes out at this time.) Ÿ Air volume switch: to the maximum Ÿ Switch Position* ...... 131 Ÿ Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) * ...... 152 Ÿ Turn the air distribution knob to the foot / Run Downhill ...... 142 2. Switch the air distribution mode to dual Ÿ Ÿ Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) * ...... 154 defrosting ( ) position to keep the front Electronic Steering Column Lock* ...... 132 Ÿ Protection Mode...... 142 mode ( ). Fuel...... 155 windshield clean and divert the warm air Ÿ Engine Starting ...... 133 Ÿ 48V Hybrid Power System*...... 143 3. Adjust the temperature to the desired Ÿ Fuel Suggestions ...... 155 to the floor. The switch located at the left rear cup holder Ÿ Engine START STOP Function* ...... 134 Ÿ Situations of Auto Engine Start...... 144 value. Please operate in the following steps if Ÿ for the 7 seater variant. Press the air Ÿ Cruise Control System *...... 135 Ÿ Fuel Filling ...... 156 4. Adjust the fan speed to the desired value. not in cold weather: Continuously Variable conditioner switch tu turn on/off the A/C. You Ÿ Ÿ Air conditioning switch (A/C): ON Engine Immobilizer System...... 136 Ÿ Transmission (CVT) ...... 147 Ventilation can press the arrow button to raise or lower Ÿ Air inlet mode: internal circulation mode Ÿ Parking...... 137 Brake ...... 147 To control the air to flow out from the central the air volume for ther rear air outlet. air outlet and the side air outlet: (the indicator turns on) ( ). Switch it to Manual Transmission* ...... 137 Ÿ Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 148 the external circulation mode (the Ÿ Operation for Shifting Transmission with Six Ÿ 1. Turn off the air conditioning (A/C) system. indicator turns off) after the fog lifts. Electric Brake Force Distribution Drive Gears to Reverse (R) Gear...... 138 (EBD) System...... 148 (The indicator goes out at this time.) Ÿ Air distribution mode: ( ) or ( ) . Automatic Dual Clutch Transmission 2. Activate the external circulation mode. Ÿ Temperature switch: to the area that (DTC) * ...... 138 3. Switch the air distribution mode to face ensures passenger comfort. mode ( ) or dual mode ( ). Ÿ Air volume switch: to the maximum 4. Adjust the temperature to the cool air Note area. At the beginning of defrosting and 5. Adjust the fan speed to the desired value. defogging with the warm air, the fog can become thicker, please take care to ensure driving safety.

128 HVAC DRIVING AND CONTROLS Driving and Controls Ventilation Rapid Defrosting and Defogging Rear Fan Control Switch* Dual Mode Please operate in the following steps in Driving Instructions ...... 128 Ÿ Shifting ...... 139 Ÿ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) cold weather: This mode is applicable to cool and sunny days. Ÿ Vehicle Control...... 128 Ÿ Gear ...... 139 System ...... 148 Ÿ Air conditioning switch (A/C): ON Warm air is controlled to flow to the floor Ÿ Ÿ Ÿ ESC OFF Switch ...... 150 (southern area) or OFF (northern area) Emergency Measures...... 128 Gear Display...... 140 area and outside cool air is controlled to flow Ÿ Ÿ Air inlet mode: external circulation mode Start and Operation ...... 129 Ÿ Vehicle Start...... 141 Hill-start Hold Control (HHC) to upper portion of the compartment. System* ...... 150 (the indicator turns off) Ÿ Trial Run of New Vehicle...... 129 Ÿ Automatic Upshift...... 141 The method to use this setup is: Ÿ Parking Brake...... 151 Air distribution mode: ( ) Ÿ Mechanical Ignition Switch Position*...... 130 Ÿ Kick-down ...... 141 1. Disable the internal circulation key. (The Ÿ Temperature switch: red zone (warm air) Ÿ Mechanical Hand Brake* ...... 151 Ÿ Engine START STOP Ÿ Hill-start Hold Control...... 141 indicator goes out at this time.) Ÿ Air volume switch: to the maximum Ÿ Switch Position* ...... 131 Ÿ Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) * ...... 152 Ÿ Turn the air distribution knob to the foot / Run Downhill ...... 142 2. Switch the air distribution mode to dual Ÿ Ÿ Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) * ...... 154 defrosting ( ) position to keep the front Electronic Steering Column Lock* ...... 132 Ÿ Protection Mode...... 142 mode ( ). Fuel...... 155 windshield clean and divert the warm air Ÿ Engine Starting ...... 133 Ÿ 48V Hybrid Power System*...... 143 3. Adjust the temperature to the desired Ÿ Fuel Suggestions ...... 155 to the floor. The switch located at the left rear cup holder Ÿ Engine START STOP Function* ...... 134 Ÿ Situations of Auto Engine Start...... 144 value. Please operate in the following steps if Ÿ for the 7 seater variant. Press the air Ÿ Cruise Control System *...... 135 Ÿ Fuel Filling ...... 156 4. Adjust the fan speed to the desired value. not in cold weather: Continuously Variable conditioner switch tu turn on/off the A/C. You Ÿ Ÿ Air conditioning switch (A/C): ON Engine Immobilizer System...... 136 Ÿ Transmission (CVT) ...... 147 Ventilation can press the arrow button to raise or lower Ÿ Air inlet mode: internal circulation mode Ÿ Parking...... 137 Brake ...... 147 To control the air to flow out from the central the air volume for ther rear air outlet. air outlet and the side air outlet: (the indicator turns on) ( ). Switch it to Manual Transmission* ...... 137 Ÿ Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 148 the external circulation mode (the Ÿ Operation for Shifting Transmission with Six Ÿ 1. Turn off the air conditioning (A/C) system. indicator turns off) after the fog lifts. Electric Brake Force Distribution Drive Gears to Reverse (R) Gear...... 138 (EBD) System...... 148 (The indicator goes out at this time.) Ÿ Air distribution mode: ( ) or ( ) . Automatic Dual Clutch Transmission 2. Activate the external circulation mode. Ÿ Temperature switch: to the area that (DTC) * ...... 138 3. Switch the air distribution mode to face ensures passenger comfort. mode ( ) or dual mode ( ). Ÿ Air volume switch: to the maximum 4. Adjust the temperature to the cool air Note area. At the beginning of defrosting and 5. Adjust the fan speed to the desired value. defogging with the warm air, the fog can become thicker, please take care to ensure driving safety.

128 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Driving Instructions Start and Operation Vehicle Control Do not slide in case that the engine is out of Warnings whether the battery port is connected drop by drop till the level reaches the Caution Trial Run of New Vehicle operation. Do not brake suddenly when one tyre is correctly and whether relevant fuses get MAX (maximum) level mark of the W h e n t h e e n g i n e g e t s h e a t e d , Following measures can be taken within the In such case, many systems (such as brake punctured. Braking suddenly will cause damaged. coolant reservoir. uncovering the coolant reservoir will get initial mileage of 500 km, which can improve booster) cannot function. Driving in this way the vehicle to tilt towards one side, and If the starter motor works but the engine fails Ÿ After taking provisional measures, steam or coolant overflowed, and thus the performance, promote the vehicle will form a danger to yourself and others. thus an accident may be caused. to be started, please check fuel level, fuel filter, immediately send the vehicle to the MG your face or other body parts may be economy and extend the service life: fuel pump, relevant wiring, etc. The operation Authorised Service Center for inspection. scalded. Ÿ Pedal Avoid starting the engine by depressing One Fault exists when the Vehicle is condition of the fuel pump can be preliminarily If you are to uncover the coolant the accelerator fully. To ensure that the pedal travel is unhampered, Running judged by hearing sounds made by the ignition Warnings reservoir, you can do it after the engine Ÿ Do not keep the engine idling for a long the floor mat in the pedal area shall not be If one fault exists when the vehicle is running, switch when it is being turned on. Do not open the bonnet if steam or cools down completely. Apply one cloth time. excessively thick, and no article shall be placed to the cover, open it slightly at first (by the driver shall turn on the hazard flasher, Measures Taken in Case of Engine coolant overflows from engine parts. Ÿ Avoid any emergency shutdown except in in the pedal area. slowly decelerate, and park the vehicle in a safe Overheat Otherwise, you may be scalded by steam 1/3-1/2), and then open it fully after pressure in the reservoir is released an emergency. With this, the brake can Emergency Measures area at the curb. or coolant. When the vehicle is running, if the output completely. run in well. Place a warning triangle at a position 50 m power of the engine reduces suddenly or the Caution Caution Ÿ Do not quickly start, accelerate suddenly behind the vehicle in the daytime while placing warning lamp on the instrument indicating Operation in Heavy Snow and continuously keep the vehicle running The operation time of the starter motor it at a position 100 m behind the vehicle at Suddenly filling cold water in the excessively high temperature illuminates, park Ÿ Decelerate when the vehicle turns a at high speed if possible, to avoid any shall not exceed 10s once. Otherwise, the night. Please follow requirements of traffic your vehicle in a safe area and take following overheated engine will damage the engine. starter motor will get damaged or corner, upgrades or crosses a bridge. damage to the engine and save the fuel. laws and regulations. measures: The handling method above is taken in discharge of battery will occur. Ÿ Please avoid parking on a hard road Ÿ Avoid accelerating by depressing the After inspection, send the vehicle to the MG Ÿ case of an emergency. When the engine Have the engine run at idle, and turn the shoulder; otherwise the snow shoveling accelerator fully at a low gear and driving Authorised Service Center for inspection and gets overheated, you are suggested to One Tyre is Punctured when the Vehicle transmission at the neutral position. contact the MG Authorised Service work will be obstructed. by depressing the accelerator greatly. maintenance. Ÿ is Running Pull the parking brake lever. Center for solution. Ÿ Please keep safe distance from other Ÿ Do not drag any other vehicle. Place the warning triangle in the trunk, or have If one tyre is punctured when the vehicle is Ÿ Turn off the A/C. vehicles; braking unnecessarily will be the customer give it to you when the vehicle is running, the driver shall hold the steering Ÿ Open the bonnet to ventilate the engine limited. being delivered. wheel tightly to control the driving direction, bay. Ÿ Clear the accumulated snow around the If the Engine Does Not Work slowly decelerate, turn on the hazard flasher, Ÿ If the level of the coolant reservoir does vehicle frequently, for such measure can and gently depress the brake pedal to park In case that the ignition switch is at the START not drop, stop the engine to cool it. prevent the exhaust pipe from being your vehicle in a safe area. position, if the starter motor does not work, Ÿ If the coolant level is very low, uncover the blocked. please check whether the battery is dead, reservoir, slowly fill water in the reservoir

130 131 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Mechanical Ignition Switch Position* ENGINE START STOP Switch Position* Note Ÿ ACC Caution able to detect the legal key. Please place the Please do not use such vehicle electric The engine can be shut down when the Never remove the key or turn the key key at one position near the ENGINE START equipment as audio and head lamp for a ignition key is turned to the ACC position switch when the vehicle is running. STOP switch inside the vehicle, such as long time under the condition that the without the need to lock the steering wheel. Otherwise, the brake assistance will driver’s pocket or instrument panel storage engine is off. When leaving the vehicle, box. If you are to turn the ignition key from the disappear and the steering wheel may be please also shut down the electric locked. Therefore, the driver will lose In the sequence from the low voltage to the ACC position to the LOCK position, you can equipment for the vehicle, to avoid the control of the vehicle and thus the vehicle high voltage of power, the operating positions gently press in the key and turn the key to the battery from running out. If the battery damage and the casualty accident may be are as follows: LOCK, ACC, ON and START. LOCK position. When the ignition key is at runs out, the vehicle may fail to be caused. Ÿ LOCK started. the ACC position, some electrical accessories such as radio and cigar lighter can be used. Parking is carried out at the position. The working indicator on the ENGINE START Ÿ ON STOP switch does not illuminate and the When the ignition switch is turned at the right Connect the ignition system and electrical If equipped, the ENGINE START STOP switch vehicle power is off. side of the steering column, the operating accessories. is at the lower right side of the instrument Ÿ ACC positions are as follows: LOCK, ACC, ON and cluster. Press the ENGINE START STOP switch at the START. Note Working indicator on ENGINE START STOP LOCK position; the position can be switched Ÿ switch: LOCK Do not keep the key at "ON" for a long to the ACC position. The orange working Lock the steering wheel. Remove the key and time when the engine is out of operation. Orange: It indicates that the ignition switch is indicator on the ENGINE START STOP turn the steering wheel till the steering wheel Otherwise the battery will be discharged. at the ACC or ON position. switch starts to illuminate. At the position, is locked. Green: It indicates that the start conditions power supplies of some electrical accessories Ÿ START are met. If you cannot turn the key when unlocking the such as audio and cigar lighter are connected. When the working indicator turns green, if the steering wheel, you can gently turn the Start the engine. After starting the engine, If no operation is conducted, the system will transmission is at the neutral or P position, steering wheel to right/left for one thing and release the key; the key will automatically automatically return to the LOCK position 1 h press the start switch and then the engine can turn the key for another. return to the ON position. later, so as to reduce the consumed power. be started. Confirm that the engine does not operate Ÿ ON When the power is switched from the low before turning the ignition key to the START Driving and start are conducted at the voltage to the high voltage, the system must be position. position.

132 133 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Engine Starting Press the ENGINE START STOP switch at the Note 1. The vehicle is motionless Before starting the engine: 2. Ensure that seats and rearview mirrors Note are at proper positions. Adjust them if ACC position once; the position can be Never keep the engine idling at high 2. The ignition switch is at the LOCK Ÿ Ensure that no barriers exist around the Keep the engine idling for 3-5 min before necessary. switched to the ON position. The instrument speed for over 5 min. position. vehicle. the vehicle with the turbocharged engine cluster indicator illuminates, and the orange 3. Turn the ignition switch at the ON starts to run, especially in winter or after Excess temperature will damage the When conditions above are met, the steering Ÿ Ensure that all windows and doors are indicator on the ENGINE START STOP exhaust system. position. storage for a long time, and after the wheel will be locked immediately if any one of clean and transparent. switch illuminates. 4. Ensure that the gear lever is at the neutral engine oil is changed or the engine is following actions occur: Ÿ Check whether the tyre conditions and maintained. If you press the ENGINE START STOP switch Note or P position, and then depress the clutch once (without other operations) at the ON Ÿ Open or close the left front door. the inflation pressure are proper and For AT model, never release the brake whether foreign matters exist. pedal fully. Please depress the brake pedal position, the switch will be turned to LOCK pedal in the process of starting the Ÿ Remote locking for the AT model. Note position. Ÿ Adjust the seat headrest to a proper Ÿ Do not keep the starter running engine; otherwise, the engine may fail to Ÿ Wait 24s later 5. Do not depress the accelerator pedal, Ÿ START start. position. continuously for over 10s. If unlocking the steering wheel is required, you turn the ignition-switch key to the ON Ÿ Ÿ It may be difficult to start the vehicle At the ON position, turn the transmission at If the transmission is not at the neutral or Adjust the rearview mirrors inside / position, and release the clutch (or brake) P position, the engine cannot start. can just enter the vehicle with the legal key and in extremely low temperature. the neutral position, and depress the clutch outside the vehicle. pedal after the engine starts. For one press the ENGINE START STOP switch. Ÿ It may be difficult to start the vehicle pedal (for MT model) or brake pedal (for AT Ÿ Fasten the safety belt and ask all Electronic Steering Column Lock* In case that the steering column lock may be model having the ENGINE START STOP in one high-altitude area. model). Then the green indicator on the passengers to fasten safety belts. function, click the ENGINE START STOP ENGINE START STOP switch illuminates. As the electronic steering column lock is used unable to be released when it is in the wheel- Ÿ If the engine fails to start, please wait deviation forward direction, the instrument Ÿ When turning the key at the ON position, switch once to start the engine. If the for 10s and then restart so as to avoid Press the ENGINE START STOP switch once, to lock the steering wheel, the vehicle having engine starts temporarily and fails to and the engine will start. After the engine the ENGINE START STOP function is cluster will display “Failure in locking of check the operating conditions of the any damage to the starter. electronic steering lock” and buzz for prompt. warning lamp and the indicator on the operate, you can wait for 10s and then try starts, the ignition switch keeps at the ON equipped with the electronic steering column again. position. lock at the same time. You can hear the At this time, align the steering wheel, turn the instrument panel. Ÿ OFF operating sound when the lock device is ignition switch at the ON position, and then Ÿ Regularly (e.g., when refueling) check the 6. Keep the engine idling for more than 30s to heat the engine. Press the start switch once (vehicle speed < 2 started or released. switch to the LOCK position, to make efforts maintenance items recorded in the to unlock the steering wheel. If unlocking fails, Km/h). If locking the steering wheel is required, Manual. 7. Release the parking brake. check the vehicle. following conditions shall be met at the same Engine Starting: 8. Do not drive the vehicle at high speed time: 1. Apply the parking brake. before the engine temperature reaches the normal operating temperature.

134 135 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Cruise Control System * Turbocharged Engine Shutdown Other Control Instructions Type-I Switch After keeping the turbocharged engine 1. Emergency start 2. Emergency flameout As the switch of cruise control system is at the stabilize the speed at 100 km/h, the driver operating at high speed for a long time, please Ÿ The brake or clutch switch failure will If emergency flameout of the engine is steering wheel, when the cruise control must firstly speed up to 100 km/h. When the firstly keep it idling for 3-5 min and then kill it, make the start conditions unable to be required when the vehicle is running, you can system is started, the vehicle can run at such speed reaches 100 km/h, he/she shall press the so as to cool the turbocharger. Otherwise, the met, and thus the engine cannot start in long press the ENGINE START STOP switch speed. Depress the brake pedal, and the “ ” toggle button and then pull the toggle turbocharger may get damaged due to the normal procedures. You can firstly for 2s or continuously press for 3 times function will be immediately disabled. Except button towards the “SET/-” direction. At this overheat. turn the ignition switch at the ACC within 3s. that the brake pedal is used to disable the time, release the accelerator pedal, and the Note position, confirm that the transmission is function, operating switches such as parking vehicle will continuously run at the speed of Caution brake switch and clutch switch can also be 100 km/h). After setting the cruising speed, The turbocharged engine shall not idle at the neutral or P position, and then long for a long time. The idling time shall not press the ENGINE START STOP switch Never have a kid operate the ENGINE used to disable the function of the cruise you can also use the accelerator pedal to exceed 20 min. for 15s. In this case, emergency start of the START STOP switch in any case; control system. The system can be used at 3, 4, accelerate in the normal method; after the engine succeeds. otherwise unexpected start or flameout 5 and 6 gears with the speed range of 40 Km/h accelerator pedal is released, the system will of the vehicle, and the vehicle damage Ÿ Insufficient battery of the remote key may - 120 Km/h when the engine speed is lower recover the speed to the original cruising ENGINE START STOP Function* and the casualty accident may be caused. cause the system to fail to search for the Type-II Switch than 4800 rpm. For the AT model, the speed. Start Condition key and thus the engine fails to start. In this minimum speed for starting the cruise control Second Step: How to Deactivate Cruise Following conditions shall be met for engine case, you can firstly depress the clutch Caution system is 48 Km/h. Specific application method: If you are to immediately decelerate in case of start: pedal (brake pedal for AT model), and at Never operate the ENGINE START any emergency in front during cruise control, STOP switch when the vehicle is running. 1. The legal key is inside the vehicle; the same time attach the side of remote First Step: Cruise Start you can depress the brake pedal or clutch key close to the ENGINE START STOP Accidental vehicle flameout may 2. Depress the clutch pedal (for MT model) Based on the cruise control system switch pedal, or press the cruise deactivation button switch. When the green indicator on the suspend braking and assistance of the or brake pedal (for AT model). steering system. In this case, the driver type, press the “ ” button or pull the toggle “ ” or pull the toggle button towards “ ” ENGINE START STOP switch illuminates, button towards “ ” direction, and then the direction. In this case, the vehicle exits from If conditions above are met, the green will lose control of the vehicle and thus press the switch to start the engine. Please cruise indicator on the instrument cluster the current cruise state and enters the cruise indicator on the ENGINE START STOP the vehicle damage and the casualty try again if you fail. You shall replace the starts flickering, indicating that the cruise activation state, and the cruise indicator of switch will illuminate. In this case, if the gear is accident may be caused. battery of the remote key. control system enters the activated state; pull instrument flickers; if you press the “ ” at the neutral or P position, press the start the middle button towards the “SET/-” button in the cruise state, the whole cruise switch and the engine will immediately start. direction, and the cruise start succeeds and system will be deactivated and the instrument the cruise indicator of instrument is normally indicator will go out. on. (For example, when the driver intends to

136 137 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Manual Transmission*

Third Step: Operation for Cruise Fifth Step: How to Reduce Cruise Note Note Caution Recovery Control Speed For the MT model, after the cruise If the vehicle is equipped with one Do not park and drive the vehicle on When the vehicle exits from the cruise state and Pull the toggle button towards the “SET/-” control system is started, if you intend to steering wheel mechanical lock again, a inflammables such as straw and hay. If enters the cruise activation state, if you are to direction to reduce the cruising speed. The shift the transmission to the neutral better anti-theft result will be realized. such inflammables cannot be avoided, carry out the cruise control at the previous speed will reduce by 2 km/h every time you position, always depress the clutch pedal park the vehicle to check and confirm Parking cruising speed, you just need pull the toggle pull down the switch once. If the toggle button firstly. Otherwise, it may cause the that these inflammables are not attached button once towards the “RES/+” direction. Then is kept pressed, the vehicle speed will engine to overspeed and thus get Ÿ When the parking brake is used for at the chassis after the vehicle passes the cruise control is carried out at the previously- continuously reduce. Once the control lever is damaged. parking, the button shall be released after inflammables. saved speed recovered. For example, the cruising released, the then running speed will be saved parking. When parking on a ramp, tension Otherwise, these inflammables may be Engine Immobilizer System i g n i t e d b y h i g h - t e m p e r a t u r e speed is 60 Km/h before braking and becomes 50 into the memory and the vehicle will cruise at the parking brake as tightly as possible and components on the chassis, and thus a Km/h after braking, and at the time the cruise the speed. If the toggle button is released The vehicle with the engine immobilizer depress the brake pedal at the same time. fire accident is caused. indicator of instrument flickers. Pull the toggle when the vehicle speed reduces to about 40 system has the extra anti-theft capacity, for Ÿ Shut down the engine and turn off the Shift the gear as per gear positions marked on button once towards the “RES/+” direction; the km/h (less than 40 km/h), the saved value will the system can prevent any unauthorized ignition switch. Turn the steering wheel till the gear lever ball after the clutch is released. If cruise indicator will be normally on, and the be deleted. If you are to continuously drive at person from starting the vehicle. The matching the steering wheel is locked by the you have to shift to the reverse gear, you must vehicle will automatically speed up to 60 Km/h and the cruise control speed, you need reset the key of the engine immobilizer system has been steering wheel lock. firstly stop the vehicle, depress the clutch, and enter the cruise control state. cruising speed. encoded electronically. The electronic transceiver is concealed in the ignition key. Ÿ When parking the vehicle on one uphill shift the gear lever from the neutral (N) gear Fourth Step: How to Promote Cruise Only a valid key can be used to start the ramp, turn the front wheels away from the to the reverse (R) gear. Control Speed Caution engine. However, an invalid key can also be road shoulder. When parking the vehicle 1: First drive gear 2: Second drive gear Pull the toggle button towards the “RES/+” on one downhill ramp, turn the front In principle, the cruise control system used to open doors. The engine immobilizer 3: Third drive gear 4: Fourth drive gear direction and the set cruising speed will rise system isolates the power supply from the wheels towards the road shoulder. can be used on one expressway or one 5: Fifth drive gear 6: Sixth drive gear (if any) without the need to depress the accelerator totally-closed road. It is not allowed to ignition system, the fuel pump and the fuel Ÿ When parking the vehicle on one downhill pedal. The speed will rise by 2 km/h every time use the cruise control system in rainy, icy injector. When any unauthorized person turns ramp, turn the front wheels towards the R: Reverse gear you pull up the switch once. If the toggle button and snowy weather, and on one densely- the invalid key to the START position, the road shoulder. Depress the clutch pedal completely when is kept pressed, the vehicle speed will hillside road or densely-crooked road. engine immobilizer system fails to identify the shifting gear. Do not always put your foot on continuously rise. Once the switch is released, Cruise control is also not proper on a electronic code. Therefore, the engine cannot the clutch pedal during driving. the then running speed will be saved into the rugged pavement and when too many start and the immobilizer system indicator will memory and the vehicle will cruise at the speed. vehicles run on one road. be flickering.

138 139 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Manual Transmission*

138 139 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Operation for Shifting Transmission with Automatic Dual Clutch Shifting Six Drive Gears to Reverse (R) Gear Transmission (DTC) * Locking Button Gear Lever Operation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with one be switched to the drive (D) gear. For When shifting between the drive gear automatic dual clutch transmission, which is a example, the duration of the gear lever at the and the reverse gear, be sure to ensure wet automatic dual clutch transmission with 6 neutral (N) gear is over 2s when the vehicle is that the vehicle comes to a complete gears. 5 km/h. stop. After completely depressing the Instruction for Use Gear clutch, wait for a moment and engage a gear. 1. Before starting the engine, depress the P: Parking Gear brake pedal firstly to confirm that the Otherwise, the transmission may get The transmission is locked mechanically at the transmission gear lever is at the P gear, and damaged or the transmission service life parking gear. Engage the parking (P) gear when then the engine can be started. may be shortened. the vehicle is motionless and the hand brake is 2. Depress the brake pedal and then engage drawn back. Note gear after you start the engine. When reversing your vehicle, please Only one locking button exists on the gear Operate the gear lever as indicated by arrows slowly start and confirm that the vehicle 3. Continuously depress the brake pedal Note As shown in the figure above, when shifting the after you engage gear, release the lever, and this button is used to avoid the below when shifting gear. When you park your vehicle on a ramp, is shifted to the reverse (R) gear, for driver from selecting the parking (P) gear or transmission with six drive gears to the engaging a wrong gear may cause an electronic parking brake, and release the Ÿ Shift gear freely. you should firstly depress the brake pedal reverse (R) gear when the vehicle runs at reverse (R) gear, pull up the reverse gear lock accident. brake pedal after you are ready to start Ÿ Press and hold the locking button to shift and draw back the hand brake, and then other gears. engage the parking (P) gear. ring firstly and then turn the gear lever from the vehicle. gear. the neutral (N) gear to the reverse (R) gear. Warnings Do not press the button while the vehicle is 4. After the brake pedal is released on a Ÿ Press and hold the locking button and at R: Reverse gear Take care not to pull the reverse gear lock ring Always putting your foot on the clutch smooth pavement, the vehicle will start running. the same time depress the brake pedal to The reverse (R) gear can be engaged only when shifting to the drive gear, so as to avoid pedal during driving will damage the running automatically and slowly with the It is required to press the button only when shift gear. when the vehicle is motionless and the engine from shifting to the reverse gear accidentally. engine and the clutch system and accelerator pedal not depressed. the vehicle comes to a complete stop and you increase the consumed fuel volume. Note: The requirements for operations to idles. 5. Sliding your vehicle at the neutral gear is intends to engage the parking (P) gear or reverse (R) gear. switch the neutral (N) gear to the drive (D) N: Neutral Gear Caution prohibited during driving; otherwise, the gear are relevant to the vehicle speed and the The neutral (N) gear can be engaged when the Do not slide your vehicle at the neutral transmission will get seriously damaged or duration of the gear lever at the neutral (N) vehicle is motionless and the engine idles for a gear; otherwise, the transmission will get an accident will be caused. gear. In some cases, you have to depress the long time (for such purposes as waiting for a seriously damaged or an accident will be brake pedal and then the neutral (N) gear can caused. traffic light or for a traffic jam).

140 141 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

D: Drive Gear (Economy Mode) Gear Display Kick-down It is used for normal driving. The transmission Toggle the gear lever to the (-) position, and As shown in the figure above, when the vehicle After you select the drive (D) gear to drive the Section “Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)” automatically selects among 6 drive gears one gear will be reduced. If the vehicle speed is is running in the manual mode, if the vehicle vehicle, if you depress the accelerator pedal under Chapter “Driving and Controls” for according to the vehicle speed and the excessively high, the system will not speed is excessively high at the current gear, fully (such as for overtaking), the transmission details. accelerator pedal position. will immediately switch to a proper lower gear implement the downshift command and the the instrument will ring for upshift reminding. Besides, the hill-start hold control (HHC) at some speeds, which makes acceleration The economy mode among the automatic instrument will ring for prompt. Take the figure above as an example, the system can also help you to start the vehicle on quicker. Release the pedal after acceleration, modes is selected at the gear. The optimum If the gear lever is toggled from the (S) position instrument reminds you to upshift from a steep slope. Please refer to contents in and the transmission will return to the proper fuel consumption and discharge can be to the (D) position, the vehicle is switched to Gear 1. Section “Hill-start Hold Control (HHC) high gear (according to the vehicle speed and provided in the economy mode. the automatic gearshift mode. Vehicle Start System” under Chapter “Driving and the accelerator pedal position). S: Drive Gear (Sport Mode) When the vehicle runs in the manual mode, if When you start the engine and switch it to one Controls” for details. Turn the gear lever from the (D) position right the engine speed is lower than one constant required gear, release the hand brake and the Caution Activating the kick-down function on to the (S) position. The sport mode among the value, the transmission will automatically brake pedal, and the vehicle will start running Caution automatic modes is selected at the gear. The downshift to the adjacent low gear, so as to automatically and slowly. You can start the such low-adhesion roads as smooth The gear information is shown on the When the vehicle stays on a ramp (i.g., in better operating performance can be provided avoid the engine flameout from occurring. vehicle from Gear 2 in the manual mode on a pavement may cause drive wheels to slip instrument cluster display. case of a traffic jam), you shall not When the vehicle speeds up, and the engine snowfield so that front wheels slip less. and bring in the sideslip danger. in the sport mode. You can also switch to the prevent the vehicle from sliding speed continuously rises and reaches to the manual mode at the gear. Upshifting Reminding Automatic Upshift Hill-Start Hold Control backward by throttling up the engine; maximum speed allowed within gears, the +/-: Upshift / Downshift in Manual Mode After you select the drive (D) gear to drive the The electronic parking brake (EPB) system can otherwise, the automatic dual clutch transmission will automatically upshift to the transmission may get overheated and If you are to toggle the gear lever from the (S) vehicle, the time for automatic upshift of help you to start the vehicle on a ramp. When adjacent high gear, so as to protect the engine. damaged. Please apply the hand brake or position to the (+) or (-) position once, select transmission is relevant to the opening of you stop the vehicle on a slope, please draw depress the brake pedal. the manual mode. Dangers accelerator pedal depressed. back the hand brake and fasten the safety belt. After selecting the manual mode, toggle the gear Switching the gear lever from the drive If the accelerator pedal is depressed slightly, When you are ready to start the vehicle, lever to the (+) position once, and one gear will (D) gear to the reverse (R) gear or the transmission will shift gear at the relatively depress the brake pedal and engage the be increased. If the vehicle speed is excessively parking (P) gear is prohibited during low speed; if the accelerator pedal is required gear (D/R gear), release the brake driving; otherwise, the transmission will low, the system will not implement the upshift depressed drastically, shifting of the pedal and depress the accelerator pedal. Then get seriously damaged or an accident will transmission will be delayed, and the the electronic parking brake (EPB) system will command and the instrument will ring for be caused. Only when the vehicle comes transmission will shift gear till the relatively automatically function and the vehicle starts prompt. It is recommended to upshift manually to a complete stop can the reverse (R) high speed is reached. running smoothly. Please refer to contents in when the engine speed is 1600~2000 rpm. gear or parking (P) gear be engaged.

142 143 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Run Downhill Serious Functional Fault 48V Hybrid Power System* Auto Engine Start If you depress the brake pedal continuously safely and switch to the P gear to cool the When some serious functional faults exist on The 48V hybrid power system has the After the engine automatically flames out, the After starting the engine, press the start-stop for a long time, the brake may get overheated, transmission. the transmission, the system will cut off power following functions: auto engine start-stop, engine can be started by any one of the disabling switch, as shown in the figure. The and thus the braking performance may be transmission from the engine to the clutch assist power, and energy recovery. It can following operations: If the instrument cluster warning information start-stop system OFF indicator on the reduced and be invalid. When the vehicle is forcibly for the purpose of transmission improve the fuel economy, and enhance the remains the same or still exists 20 min later 1. Depress the clutch pedal. instrument cluster turns on, and the start-stop running down a long slope, after you depress protection, and thus the vehicle will be unable driving experience. Normal operating since you operate as per the information tips 2. Depress the accelerator pedal. function is disabled. Press the switch again to the brake pedal to reduce the vehicle speed, to run! If the transmission enters the limping temperature of the vehicle: >-30°C. above, please contact the MG Authorised enable the start-stop function again. push the gear lever from the drive (D) gear mode, please contact the MG Authorised 3. Rotate the steering wheel by more than Service Center for overhaul as soon as Start / Stop function Description right into the (S) position and toggle it to the Service Center for overhaul as soon as 100°, or rapidly rotate the steering wheel. possible. Otherwise, the transmission may get The start-stop function can control the engine (-) position, and engage a low gear. possible. 4. Continuously depress or stomp on the Auto Start / Stop will not work in seriously damaged. flame-out and start, and reduce unnecessary brake pedal. following conditions In this way, the braking function of engine can idle conditions to improve the fuel economy Limp Home Mode Giving priority to comfort over fuel efficiency, be activated to reduce the vehicle speed, and Note according to the corresponding driving Disabling of Start-Stop Function this feature will not work with AC ON thus the load of brake is lowered. When some faults exist on the transmission, The instrument cluster emergency conditions. To enable the start-stop function, After the ignition switch is put at "ON", the condition to prevent any discomfort to the transmission will enter the limp home p a r k i n g ( E P ) i n d i c a t o r a n d t h e the following preconditions must be met: start-stop system enters the standby state. If Protection Mode customer in hot summer and prolonged stop- mode (in this case, it can work only at some transmission MIL illuminate, indicating the conditions are met, the engine will Transmission Overheat Protection 1. The engine hood is closed. go situations in cities. gears, and the vehicle may be unable to run at that the transmission gets seriously automatically start and stop. If you do not 2. The driver side door is closed. If the vehicle starts frequently in the hot the reverse (R) gear in individual cases), and overheated or some functional faults want the engine to automatically start and In case of any one of the following situations, exist on the transmission. Please park the environment or when the transmission is in the transmission MIL of instrument cluster 3. The driver seat belt is fastened. stop, the following operations can be taken: the start-stop function will be disabled, and the vehicle safely and contact the MG the overload state, the automatic dual clutch illuminates. If the transmission enters the 4. Such conditions as ambient temperature, engine will not automatically stop: transmission may get very hot. limping mode, please contact the MG Authorised Service Center as soon as possible. engine coolant temperature, and vacuum 1. The start-stop disabling switch is pressed. To avoid any damage to the transmission, the Authorised Service Center for overhaul as brake pressure are met. soon as possible. 2. Engine coolant temperature is lower than system will activate the overheat protection Auto Engine Flame-out 36°C. function, and at the same time the instrument Do not shift gear manually in the limp home If the vehicle speed drops to 0 km/h, the 3. AC is switched ON condition. cluster emergency parking (EP) indicator will mode. neutral is set, and the clutch is release under illuminate or display the relevant warning icon 4. The brake is depressed. the above preconditions and without no-stop and information accompanied with alarm 5. 48V battery voltage is low. conditions, the engine will automatically flame sounds. In this case, please park the vehicle out. (The highest vehicle speed before 6. 48V battery system error. stopping is greater than 14 km/h)

144 145 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Start-Stop Timing Battery Capacity Energy Flow Display Situations of Auto Engine Start No-energy Flow Mode 7. The rate of rotation of the steering wheel After the engine automatically stops, when the Dangers vehicle is in any one of the following states (AC is greater than a certain value. After automatic stop, although the should be in switched off condition), the 8. Vehicle speed signal invalid. engine already flames out, the vehicle is engine will automatically start: 9. The rear / front windshield defrosting still in operation. The engine may start at 1. 48V battery voltage is low. function is enabled. any time. In case of the following 2. The stop time is more than 300s. behaviors, firstly turn off the vehicle 10. The vehicle is on the slope. power or pull out the key: 3. Unbuckle the driver side seat belt. 11. The ambient pressure is low. 1. The driver leaves the vehicle. 4. Open the driver side door. 12. ESC works. 2. The body extends to the engine After the engine automatically stops, if the compartment. engine hood is open, the engine will not 3. The vehicle is refueled. automatically start. The engine must be started manually. The start-stop timing displays the accumulated Display the 48V battery capacity. Represent that there is no energy flowing time of the auto engine stop after the ignition The 48V power battery is located below the because the engine flames out. switch is switched on. front passenger seat. The start-stop timing function starts to display only when the start-stop working indicator turns on. The maximum display is 99:59:59. It will restart timing if the value exceeds the maximum.

Caution When driving through water, please make sure to disable the start-stop function.

146 147 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Caution When driving through water, please make sure to disable the start-stop function.

146 147 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Automatic Transmission Instruction for use: Selector Lever Standby Mode Assist Power Mode Energy Recovery Mode Continuous Variable 1. Before starting the engine, depress the There is a locking button on the gearshift to Transmission (CVT) brake pedal firstly to confirm that the prevent the wrong choice of P or R in other transmission gear lever is at the P gear, and gears. Your vehicle may be equipped with a then the engine can be started. Continuous Variable Transmission (CVT). A Do not press the button during the driving C V T c a n c o n t i n u o u s l y c h a n g e t h e 2. Depress the brake pedal and then engage process. Press this button only when the transmission ratio, which is equivalent to gear after you start the engine. vehicle is stationary and you intend to put it in either P gear or R gear. having innumerable gears, making gear shifting 3. Continuously depress the brake pedal after smoother. you engage gear, release the electronic parking brake, and release the brake pedal after you are ready to start the vehicle. 4. After the brake pedal is released on Represent that there is no energy flowing. When the engine speed is lower (<1,800 When the vehicle speed is greater than 20 smooth pavement, the vehicle will start r/min), and the 48V battery capacity is greater km/h during sliding and braking, without running automatically and slowly with the than 40%, the driver speeds up at full depressing the clutch, the system can recover accelerator pedal not depressed. accelerator (opening >70%). The system a part of braking energy to store in the 48V enters the assist power mode to improve the battery pack, improving the fuel economy of 5. It is forbidden to coast in neutral gear vehicle acceleration performance. When the the vehicle. d u r i n g d r i v i n g . O t h e r w i s e , t h e engine speed is greater than 2,000 r/min, exit transmission will be damaged or an the assist power mode. accident will occur. The assist power mode will also be enabled under other conditions to reduce the fuel consumption.

148 149 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Note automatic mode, which can provide better Warnings Gear Display operating performance. When parking the vehicle on a ramp, press the Ÿ Do not press the accelerator pedal brake pedal first and pull the hand brake M: Manual Shift Mode while shifting from P (Park) or N before putting the vehicle in P gear. (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Select the manual mode when the gearshift is L (Low). Always press the brake pedal R: Reverse Gear moved to the right position (+/–) from until shifting is completed. Failure to position (D). After selecting the manual mode, do so could cause you to lose control The reverse (R) gear can be engaged only move the gearshift to (+) once to raise one and have an accident. when the vehicle is motionless and the engine The gear information is shown on the gear. If the vehicle speed is excessively low, the Ÿ Cold engine idle speed is high, so use idles. instrument panel cluster display. system will not implement the upshift caution when shifting into a forward N: Neutral command and the instrument will sound for or reverse gear before the engine has Vehicle Start prompt. warmed up. Put the vehicle in N gear when it is stationary When the engine starts and a required gear is When the gearshift is in D position, press the Ÿ Do not downshift abruptly on slippery and the engine idles for a long time (for such It is recommended to change into a higher switched to, the vehicle will start and move ECO button, and the transmission will roads. This may cause a loss of Operate the gearshift as indicated by arrows purposes as waiting for a traffic light or for a gear manually when the engine speed is automatically and slowly after the hand brake automatically select the best transmission control. below when shifting gears: traffic jam). 1600–2000 RPM. Ÿ and brake pedal are released. ratio to provide the best fuel consumption and Never shift to either the P (Park) or R Shift gears freely. D: Drive Gear (Normal Mode) Move the gearshift to position (–) once to emission. (Reverse) position while the vehicle is Hill-start Control lower the gear. If the vehicle speed is moving forward, and P (Park) or D Press and hold the locking button to shift It is used for normal driving. The transmission (Drive) position while the vehicle is The electronic parking brake (EPB) systemcan excessively high, the system will not gears. automatically stays at the best transmission reversing. This could cause an help you to start the vehicle on a ramp. When implement the downshift command and the speed ratio according to the vehicle speed and accident or damage the transmission. stopping the vehicle on a slope, please pull the Press and hold the locking button while instrument will sound for prompt. depressing the brake pedal to shift gears. the accelerator pedal position. The gear is Ÿ Except in an emergency, do not shift hand brake and fasten the seat belt. to the N (Neutral) position while selected in the normal mode under the If the gearshift is moved to position (D) at When preparing to start, depress the brake d r i v i n g . C o a s t i n g w i t h t h e automatic mode. The normal mode can position (+/–), then switch to the automatic pedal and engage the required gear (D/R gear), provide relatively balanced fuel economy and shift mode. transmission in the N (Neutral) GEAR position may cause serious damage release the brake pedal and depress the operation performance. accelerator pedal. Then the EPB system will P: Parking Gear There are 8 drive gears (highest gear: 8th gear) to the transmission. S: Drive Gear (Sport Mode) in the manual mode. automatically function and the vehicle starts The transmission is locked mechanically at the running smoothly. See Electric Parking Brake parking gear. Engage P gear when the vehicle is Move the gearshift from position (D) to ***. motionless and the hand brake is pulled. position (S). Select sport mode under the

150 151 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Downhill Driving Otherwise, the transmission will be seriously Brake Caution Intelligent Charging Mode damaged. Note When stopping the vehicle on an uphill If the brake pedal is pressed continuously for a When you drive your vehicle in one high- grade, do not hold the vehicle by pressing long time, it may cause the brake to overheat, Limp Mode The brake system is designed for the braking altitude area, continuously braking may the accelerator pedal. The foot brake thus reducing or even failing the braking effect. performance under the driving conditions in should be used for this purpose When some faults occur in the transmission, it wide range. In the braking process, the vehicle cause the brake pedal force to increase. When the vehicle drives downwards along a will enter the limping mode. At this time, the speed is reduced through the braking friction long slope, push the gearshift to the right from transmission can only work at a specific speed and the friction between tyres and ground. It is Note D gear to position (+/–) and move it to ratio. There will be a strong sense of impact normal that small braking friction sounds and To run in the friction plate and the brake position (–), then engage a low gear. In this when gear shifting of the transmission occurs. friction sounds between tyres and ground are disc and confirm the performance and way, the braking function of engine can be The fault warning lamp of the transmission of given with no need for special treatment. It is the service life, after purchasing a vehicle and installing new friction plates, you had activated to reduce the vehicle speed, thus the combination instrument will be on. also normal that occasional squeals are given reducing the brake load. better avoid emergency braking or If this happens to the transmission, please in braking. Squeals may be produced for such braking for a long time within millage of Protection Mode contact the Aftersales Service Center for causes that other matters may adhere to the 200 km. friction faces during operation of the vehicle, repair as soon as possible. In the intelligent charging mode, the system Transmission Overheating Protection the vehicle is out of operation for a long time, Warnings Note charges the 48V battery. If the vehicle starts frequently in a hot or friction faces get rusted after raining. As Fault Mode Please check whether the brake lamp is temperature or when the transmission is When the transmission failure indicator light long as squeals are produced at a lower normal before driving your vehicle. Keep overloaded, the automatic transmission may of the combination instrument flashes, it When the 48V hybrid power system fails, the frequency, there is no need for special the vehicle running at low speed after get very hot. indicates that the transmission oil fault warning lamp turns on, and the treatment. starting the vehicle, and check the braking temperature is too high (over 140 °C) or too corresponding prompt appears on the To avoid the pedal travel from being performance. You shall do more like this To avoid transmission damage, the system will low (lower than -30 °C). At this time, smooth instrument. The vehicle enters the limp home influenced, do not lay a thick carpet in the especially after your vehicle is just washed. perform overheating protection function. At driving is recommended and rapid mode. The torque output is limited, and the brake pedal area. The wet brake may cause an accident. In this time, the vehicle power will be limited. vehicle cannot accelerate. Please immediately case the brake is wet, the brake fails to acceleration should be avoided. If you find that the brake pedal fails to return Smooth driving behavior is recommended drive to the Service Center for inspection. function well and thus the vehicle may be while violent driving should be avoided. Note or the brake pedal travel becomes longer, we out of control due to lateral deviation. strongly advise you to have your vehicle Therefore, after driving through water or If the warning message of the combination When the transmission failure indicator light inspected at the MG Authorised Service having your vehicle cleaned, keep the instrument still does not change or disappear of the combination instrument is on, it Center. This may indicate a faulty brake vehicle running at low speed and depress after 20 minutes of operation according to the indicates that there is some functional fault in system. the brake pedal intermittently and gently, above information, please contact your dealer the transmission. See your dealer as soon as so as to dry the brake. for maintenance as soon as possible. possible.

152 153 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) If the brake is unable to brake temporarily due As one advanced electric braking system, the Warnings angle sensor are added. The driving force and working. If the ESC system functions switch is pressed by one unknown article anti-lock brake system (ABS) is helpful in to overheat. The ABS will neither change the time braking force of front and rear, left and right abnormally but the ABS+EBD system incautiously), the ESC function will not be avoiding the vehicle from slipping and losing Engage a lower gear when driving downhill and required for brake engagement, nor wheels are controlled through the ECU, which functions normally, the ESC indicator is disabled. control, and this system can also provide the use the engine to brake. shorten the braking distance. Sufficient ensures the lateral stability of the vehicle. normally on, indicating that the ESC 4. The ESC system will be activated maximum braking capability on the slipped braking distance must be kept even the When the driver operates the vehicle beyond system gets faulted. If the ESC system and If the brake is unable to brake temporarily due automatically after every re-ignition. pavement. ABS is equipped. the limit values, in case of turning at high the ABS function abnormally but the EBD to wet components, the normal performance When the ignition switch is turned on, the ABS speed, the ESC system automatically system functions normally, the ESC and can be recovered with the help of following warning lamp illuminates momentarily. The Electric Brake Force Distribution (EBD) intervenes to ensure that the vehicle returns ABS indicators are normally on. If the ESC Note procedures: ABS warning lamp does not go out or System to be controllable and ensure the safety. system, the ABS and the EBD system The ESP system may not be able to help 1. Check whether there are vehicles behind illuminates when the vehicle is running, it The EBD system uses the high-speed Indicators relevant to the ESC system include function abnormally, the ESC, ABS and you escape from out-of-control in the your vehicle. indicates that the ABS is faulted. Please computer to respectively induce and calculate ABS fault indicator, EBD fault indicator, ESC EBD indicators are normally on. ultimate state for sure. Therefore, take care during daily driving. 2. Keep safe driving speed to ensure there is immediately contact the MG Authorised different ground to which four wheels are indicator and ESCOFF indicator. 3. The ESC OFF lamp is used to indicate that sufficient space behind your vehicle and at Service Center. Refer to “ABS Warning attached, and thus calculate different friction 1. Indicators illuminate for self-inspect when the ESC function is disabled (the lamp will You had better disable the ESP system when crossing country on a sandy and both sides of your vehicle. Lamp” under Chapter “Instrument and values at the moment the vehicle brakes. the ignition is connected. The 4 indicators be normally on so long as the ESC function Control Device”. Therefore, four wheels can be able to brake in rocky pavement. As it is time for the ESP 3. Carefully depress the brake till the normal are normally on for 3s, indicating that the is disabled; the lamp will go out if the system to function on an icy, snowy and performance is recovered. The ABS will monitor the speed of each wheel different ways and force based on different ESC system is conducting self-inspect and function is enabled). If the user presses the conditions, and can be adjusted fast during slippery pavement, the ESC system shall during braking. If one wheel tends to be indicators work normally. The 4 ESC OFF switch, some ESC functions will not be disabled. locked, the system will control brakes of two movement, so as to ensure that the vehicle is indicators go out 3s later under the be disabled, and the ESC OFF lamp front wheels and two rear wheels stable and safe. normal condition. When faults (such as illuminates. When the switch is pressed, respectively. When the ABS works, the brake Electronic Stability Control (ESC) neglected installation, loosened the ESC system is working, and the ESC pedal often vibrates slightly with noise. System c o n n e c t o r , a b n o r m a l C A N function will not be disabled immediately The ESC system is a new-type active safety communication) exist on the ESC system, and will be disabled after the work is over. Warnings system, representing the further development only the ESC OFF lamp will go out 3s later, If the user presses the ESC switch again, all and other 3 lamps are normally on. functions will be enabled again. If the If the ABS gets faulted, it may be unable of the functions of anti-lock brake system to function, wheels may be locked in case (ABS) and traction control system (TCS). In 2. During driving, if the ESC function is pressed time of ESC switch exceeds 10s, of emergency brake, and the vehicle may addition, the yaw rate sensor, lateral activated, the ESC indicator will flicker, the ESC system will consider it as one be unable to steer or may steer suddenly. acceleration sensor and steering wheel turn telling the Owner that the ESC system is incorrect operation (for example, the

154 155 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Parking Brake ESC OFF Switch Mechanical Hand Brake* Whether the driver is driving or reversing onto 2. The vehicle is motionless and the brake When parking on a downhill or uphill Caution a hill, the start assistant is provided through the pedal is depressed; pavement, tension the parking brake as tightly If the parking brake is not engaged function. Therefore, engage gear before 3. The system detects that the gradient value as possible. correctly, the vehicle may move starting, please. is met. (In theory, when the slope is > 4%, Ÿ When parking the vehicle on one uphill automatically due to out-of-control in When the hill-start hold control functions, after the vehicle will nod during braking, and the ramp, turn the front wheels away from the some cases (such as in case of parking on the brake pedal is released, the vehicle still nodding angle will offset the slope. As a road shoulder. a ramp) and thus a danger may be keeps the braking force for 1-2s. In this case, the result, the system may fail to be started on a caused. Ÿ When parking the vehicle on one downhill vehicle will not slide backwards. For one MT ramp whose slope is > 4%.) When necessary, please have the MG ramp, turn the front wheels towards the vehicle, the driver can focus on engagement of Authorised Service Center adjust. 4. When the vehicle is reversed onto a slope, road shoulder. accelerator and clutch in 2s, so as to deal with it is necessary to set to the reverse gear the tense hill-start with ease. firstly. Vehicle equipped with a manual transmission: Note In this 2s, if the driving force applied by the 1. Turn the gear lever to the neutral gear Do not drive the vehicle with the parking Press the ESC OFF switch after starting the driver is greater than the resistance which the Warnings The parking brake impacts rear wheels. when parking the vehicle on the brake not released; otherwise the rear vehicle. The ESC OFF lamp on the instrument vehicle is subject to when running onto a hill, The HHC function may fail to prevent the The parking brake lever is between two front- horizontal ground. wheel brake may get overheated or be vehicle from sliding a slope on a very subject to premature wear. As a result, cluster turns on, and some ESC functions are the system will gradually reduce the braking row seats. 2. Turn the gear lever to the reverse (R) gear disabled. Press the ESC switch again, the ESC force and the vehicle starts running smoothly. If slippery or steep hillside. you must replace the rear wheel brake; If you are to use the parking brake, you should when parking the vehicle towards the otherwise, other components of the function is enabled again and the ESCOFF the vehicle fails to start running in 2s, or the Only as one driver-assistance measure, the stop the vehicle, depress the brake pedal and downhill direction. vehicle may get damaged. indicator on the instrument cluster goes out. driving force applied by the driver is insufficient, HHC function cannot supersede the parking brake function. tension the parking brake lever. 3. Turn the gear lever to Gear 1 (turn the Normally, it is not recommended to disable the the pressure of the brake system is released Always conduct the parking brake when When you are to release the parking brake, automatic transmission to Gear D) when ESC system. The system should be disabled automatically and the vehicle may start sliding a getting out of the vehicle. If there is no slope. At the time, you can depress the brake depress the brake pedal and take the following parking the vehicle towards Gear D). temporarily only when the vehicle gets out of sufficient driving force provided after the measures: When parking one automatic model with dual the mire or the vehicle climbs on a snowfield, pedal to make the vehicle come to a complete brake pedal is released, the vehicle will 1. Draw back the parking brake lever slightly. etc. stop, and the system will still help you to slide backwards. In this case, please clutch transmission, engage Gear P on all Hill-start Hold Control (HHC) System * conduct the next start (when conditions are immediately draw back the parking brake 2. Press the button on the parking brake pavements. met). The ESC system has the HHC function. The and depress the brake pedal. lever joint. function can help the vehicle to start easily on a Conditions for the HHC system to function: If the engine flames out during the process, 3. Release the parking brake lever when slope without using the parking brake. 1. No fault exists on the system, and the please immediately draw back the parking holding the button pressed. engine has been operating; brake and depress the brake pedal.

156 157 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) * Manually Apply Parking Brake Manually Release Parking Brake EPB Automatic Clamping Function EPB Hot Disc Reclamping Function continuously conduct the action of drawing When the engine flames out in the motionless If you park when the rear brake disc temperature back-releasing the EPB switch 6 times. state, the vehicle will automatically apply is high, the braking force may reduce after a period Deactivation of Automatic Clamping parking brake, and you do not have to pull up of time due to thermal expansion and cold Function the EPB switch. contraction. EPB can keep the braking force by During transport, traction and vehicle EPB Automatic Releasing Function reclamping many times to avoid sliding. cleaning, you may need deactivate the EPB You do not have to manually release parking EPB Dynamic Braking Function automatic clamping function so as to make it brake when starting the vehicle; parking brake During driving (speed > 3 km/h), continuously possible to move the vehicle after flameout. will be released automatically when the system draw back the EPB switch to trigger the ESC Deactivation method: Depress the brake detects that the vehicle is going to start. system so as to brake four wheels till the pedal and hold the EPB switch pressed while Start the vehicle, engage gear (drive gear or vehicle comes to a stop. EPB clamps after the killing the engine. Try to move the vehicle to The parking brake impacts rear wheels. If you have to apply parking brake, depress the If you have to release parking brake, firstly reverse gear), and the driver’s safety belt is vehicle stops. If the EPB switch is released confirm that EPB is not in the clamped state. halfway, braking is released. Afterwards, if you have to apply the parking As shown in the figure above, the EPB switch is brake pedal to stop the vehicle and then draw confirm that the ignition switch is at the ON tightened; depress the accelerator and release brake, draw back the EPB switch. between two front-row seats. back the electronic parking brake switch. In position, depress the brake pedal, and then the clutch. After the vehicle start conditions In case of dynamic braking, if the ESC system is this case, the EPB working indicator press the EPB switch. The EPB working are met, the parking brake will be released subject to braking failure, EPB clamps rear Deactivate the automatic clamping function illuminates, and you release the EPB switch indicator Ⓟ goes out, and the instrument automatically. wheels to brake. only on the flat ground. Otherwise, the vehicle after the instrument cluster displays “Parking cluster displays “parking brake released”, To smoothly start and avoid sliding backwards This function can be activated only in case of will move and thus a danger may be caused brake applied”. reminding you of parking brake released. on an uphill pavement, opening of the emergencies such as foot brake failure. Please when the foot brake is released. At the time, the EPB system brake will be If the brake pedal has not been depressed, the accelerator being depressed shall be enlarged neither activate the function in normal times After deactivating the automatic clamping clamped to park the vehicle in situ. instrument will give a hint “Please depress the properly. nor have others operate the EPB switch function, take measures to prevent from brake pedal and then release the EPB switch”. Anti-sliding Reclamping Function without permission. sliding due to lack of braking force, for Note example, cushion wood blocks or stones on When you are operating the EPB switch, the When the parking brake is in the clamped Detection Line Passing Mode both sides of a wheel. In the process of applying or releasing the switch will make response only when the time state, if it is detected that wheels roll, EPB will Conduct as required by the detection line parking brake, it is normal that you will for releasing or pressing the switch is > 0.1s. immediately reclamp to avoid sliding. after entering the roller platform. feel that the brake pedal lifts or lowers. Continuously draw back the EPB switch or

158 159 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

Fuel Note the vehicle in situ (whether on a downhill or Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) Switch* 3. The accelerator pedal has not been Fuel Suggestions Caution If the battery is excessively low, EPB will uphill pavement or on flat ground), at the time When the engine has been in operation, the depressed (opening < 2%). Fill GB 91# gasoline for vehicle or gasoline If you use any incorrect fuel, the engine fail to be applied or released normally. If there is no need to draw back EPB to park. driver’s safety belt is tightened, and the How to Manually Release Automatic with the equivalent standard No., or gasoline and the catalytic converter will get the condition above exists, please charge If the driver depresses the accelerator and driver’s side door has been closed, you have to Parking Brake After AVH? with a higher standard No. Using the fuel with seriously damaged. Always use the fuel the battery. We recommend you contact suitable for your vehicle. releases the clutch to start the vehicle within 5 press the AVH switch, and the background Confirm that the ignition switch is at the ON an extremely low octane value will reduce the MG Authorised Service Center for min, the hydraulic pressure in the brake lamp on the switch illuminates to activate the position, depress the brake pedal, and press power and torque of the engine, and increase For the purpose of safety, the fuel tank, solution. pump and pipe must be grounded system will be automatically released and the AVH function. the EPB switch. The AVH working indicator the consumed fuel volume. correctly. The static electricity will ignite parking will be released, so as to start the Afterwards, if following conditions are met, goes out and the automatic parking brake is Do not Use Methyl Alcohol Note vehicle. 5 min later, it will automatically switch vapor included in the gasoline. You will the AVH working indicator on the instrument released. Do not use the fuel containing methyl alcohol Specialized equipment and technologies to the EPB caliper to clamp and park, and the get burnt and the vehicle will get illuminates. The parking brake will function Automatic Release After AVH on the vehicle. This fuel will reduce the vehicle damaged. are required for EPB brake lining hydraulic pressure in the brake system will be and the brake system applies the braking force performance and damage the fuel system replacement. Please do not have it released. Start and shutdown of AVH can be You do not have to manually press the EPB to park the vehicle in situ. components. Dangers repaired by yourself or at a maintenance memorized. If AVH is in the on / off state when switch to release when starting the vehicle shop rather than the Service Center. AVH Conditions (AVH Function Activated The fuel is one of flammables or the power is off last time, AVH keeps in the next time after AVH. Automatic release will Driving in Other Countries Otherwise, the EPB system may get Firstly): explosives. corresponding state when the power is on be done when the system detects that you are When driving your vehicle in other countries: damaged. If the EPB system components 1. The vehicle is motionless and the engine is going to start the vehicle. Smoking is prohibited. Keep away from next time. Ÿ Please follow all registration and insurance have been overhauled, they are not running. open flames, sparks and smoking warranted for maintenance. Operate the engine, engage gear (drive gear or regulations. materials. If gasoline catches fire, serious 2. The brake pedal is depressed to a degree reverse gear), and the driver’s safety belt is Ÿ Confirm that the country can provide burns will be caused and your vehicle will Automatic Vehicle Hold (AVH) * (brake hydraulic pressure > 4 bar). tightened and the driver’s side door has been proper fuel. get damaged. The vehicle provided with EPB has the AVH 3. The driver's seat belt is buckled and the closed. Depress the accelerator and release I f y o u s m e l l f u e l o d o r s , p l e a s e function. driver's side door is closed. the clutch. After the vehicle start conditions immediately ask MG Authorised Service are met, the parking brake will be released The driver depresses the brake pedal to stop Other Conditions (They Shall be Center to repair according to the fault automatically. the vehicle after the function is activated, or the Satisfied Simultaneously): cause. driver depresses the brake pedal when the 1. No fault exists on the system. vehicle is motionless and the engine idles. After 2. EPB has been released. the brake pedal is released, the hydraulic pressure in the brake system will be kept to park

160 161 DRIVING AND CONTROLS DRIVING AND CONTROLS

160 161 DRIVING AND CONTROLS VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Fuel Filling Vehicle Service & Maintenance

Caution General Information...... 158 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)...... 166 Ÿ Spare Tyre ...... 181 Using the fuel with an extremely low Ÿ Accessories and Vehicle Retrofitting.158 Windshield Wiper...... 172 Ÿ Jack Lifting Point...... 181 octane value will lead to uncontrolled Ÿ Ÿ Tyre Replacement...... 182 burning and cause the engine to be Vehicle Storage...... 158 Air Filter ...... 173 damaged. Using the fuel containing Driver Checklist ...... 158 Ÿ Air Filter Cleaning...... 173 Jump Start (Dead Battery) ...... 184 methyl alcohol is not allowed for the Ÿ Exterior ...... 158 Drive Belt...... 173 Vehicle Traction...... 186 vehicle design. Therefore, do not use the Ÿ Interior ...... 158 Brake Pedal ...... 173 Ÿ Emergency Trailer...... 187 fuel containing methyl alcohol. As the Engine Compartment...... 159 Ÿ Brake Pedal Travel Check...... 173 Ÿ Front Towing Hook ...... 187 methyl alcohol will corrode the metal Ÿ Ÿ Rear Towing Hook...... 188 parts in the fuel system and damage the 1.5T Engine ...... 159 Fuse ...... 174 plastic and rubber parts. The damage Ÿ 2.0 Diesel Engine ...... 160 Ÿ Engine Compartment Fuse Box...... 174 Getting Vehicle Out of Trap...... 189 caused due to use of the fuel containing Engine Oil ...... 161 Ÿ Indoor Fuse Box Layout...... 175 Vehicle Maintenance...... 189 methyl alcohol is beyond the warranty 1. Stop the engine from running. 3. Slowly turn the filler cap anticlockwise. If Ÿ Engine Oil Level Check...... 161 Ÿ Engine Compartment Ÿ Cleaning Agent ...... 189 scope. If contents of manganese and iron you hear the hissing sound, wait till the Ÿ Engine Oil and Oil Filter Fuse Box Layout...... 176 Ÿ Vehicle Interior Maintenance exceed the standard, the three-way 2. Pull up the filler flap release handle at the sound stops, and then unscrew the cap. Replacement...... 161 Lamp Bulb Replacement...... 177 and Cleaning...... 190 catalytic converter may be blocked, and left lower side of the instrument panel to Ÿ Glass Surface...... 190 the spark plug misfires, etc. Therefore, open the filler flap. 4. Unscrew the filler cap. The filler cap is Coolant ...... 162 Wheels and Tyres ...... 178 please use the gasoline meeting connected to the filler flap with a sling. Brake and Clutch Fluid...... 163 Ÿ Maintenance ...... 178 Ÿ Vehicle Exterior Maintenance requirements of the national standard. Warnings Hang the sling to the hanger on the filler Ÿ Brake / Clutch Fluid Adding...... 163 Ÿ Internal Tread Wear Indicator ...... 179 and Cleaning...... 191 If you fail to open the filler flap in the cold flap to secure the filler cap. Ÿ Auto Transmission Clutch Ÿ Tyre Rotation...... 180 Ÿ Corrosion Prevention ...... 192 Dangers weather, you can gently tap the filler flap. 5. Reinstall the filler cap after refueling. Turn Fluid Adding *...... 164 Ÿ Winter Tyres ...... 180 Then, try again. Shut down the engine and any heating the filler cap clockwise till clicks are heard. Transmission Fluid...... 165 Ÿ Tyre Chain...... 180 devices provided outside the combustion 6. Tightly close the filler flap. Ÿ Transmission Fluid Leakage Check ....165 Spare Tyre, Jack and Tools ...... 181 chamber before refueling. Turn off all Windshield Washer Solvent ...... 165 Ÿ Tool Kit...... 181 mobile phones. Follow operation and safety instructions of gasoline station when refueling.

162 DRIVING AND CONTROLS VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Fuel Filling Vehicle Service & Maintenance

162 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

General Information Engine Compartment Driver Checklist Accessories and Vehicle Retrofitting Vehicle Storage 1.5T Engine Do not slide in case that the engine is out of Long-term Storage Check the interior, exterior and engine Parking Brake operation. Several months of storage of the vehicle: compartment regularly to keep the vehicle Ÿ Ensure the travel of parking brake lever is We recommend using original spare and Ÿ Clean the vehicle for waxing. safe and reliable. appropriate. accessory parts and parts and components Ÿ Check the wax coating of engine Exterior Instrument Panel that are approved by the company to be compartment and the underbody. Tyre Ÿ Check whether all instruments, control Ÿ particularly suitable for the vehicle. We may Clean and protect the rubber seal. Ÿ Inflate tyres correctly. (Refer to “Wheels buttons and warning lamps are functioning Ÿ not able to guarantee the compatibility of Replace the engine oil. and tyres” in this chapter). normally. Ÿ other products with this vehicle, even if these Drain the washer fluid reservoir. Ÿ There is no crack on tyre wall or tyre Rearview Mirror Ÿ Check coolant antifreezing agent and products meet the specified requirements or tread. Ÿ Ensure the reflecting surface of rearview corrosion protection. are otherwise approved. Ÿ There is no foreign matter in tread mirror is in good state and clean. Ÿ Adjust the tyre pressure according to the Tips for Glass Filming pattern. Ÿ Check whether all rearview mirrors can specified value under full load. be readjusted. During the process of glass filming, the Ÿ Park the vehicle in a dry and well- Lamp Ÿ cleaning solution may easily enter electronic ventilated area. Shift to Gear 1 or reverse It includes all driving lamps, headlamps, tail Control components around the instrument panel, gear to prevent the vehicle from sliding. lamps, turn signal lamps, brake lamps and Ÿ Check the brake pedal and clutch pedal for causing electrical faults. Please complete Ÿ Close all doors and lock the vehicle. fog lamps. appropriate travel. waterproofing work before filming. Ÿ Disconnect the clip from the vehicle Oil Tank battery negative terminal. Pay attention to Ÿ Check whether the level of fluid Caution that all systems are out of service at this containers under engine hood is Do not retrofit the vehicle. Otherwise, time, e.g. theft deterrent system. appropriate. the performance, durability and safety of Vehicle being Put into Operation again: Windshield Wiper the vehicle may be affected; problems Ÿ Connect the clip to the vehicle battery Ÿ Check the state of wiper arms and blades. caused by retrofitting are not within the negative terminal. Enable the electronic 1. Air filter 5. Fuse and relay box scope of warranty. Interior device of power window. Steering 2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 6. Coolant pot Ÿ Check the tyre pressure. Ÿ Check whether the steering wheel is too 3. Engine oil filler cap 7. Engine oil dipstick Ÿ Fill the washer fluid reservoir. loose (free travel). 4. Battery 8. Windshield washer solvent container Ÿ Check the engine oil level. Ÿ Check the coolant level.

164 165 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

2.0 Diesel Engine Engine Oil

1. Air filter Maintain the engine oil at a proper level to Note 3 2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ensure correct lubrication of engine. Prohibit the engine oil level from being 3. Engine oil filler cap It is normal that the engine consumes some oil. higher than the upper limit mark on the 4. Battery Check the engine oil level regularly, e.g. every oil dipstick. Excessive engine oil may have adverse effect on the engine, 5. Fuse and relay box time parking for refueling. including: 6. Coolant pot If the engine oil pressure warning lamp located Ÿ Increased engine oil consumption. 7. Engine oil dipstick inside instrument panel is ON, check the Ÿ Oil spilling of spark plug. 8. Windshield washer solvent container engine oil level immediately. Ÿ A large amount of carbon deposits Engine Oil Level Check accumulated on the engine. 1. Park the vehicle on a horizontal ground. 7. Observe the oil level via the oil dipstick. The oil level should be between the lower Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement 2. After the engine stops running, wait for a limit and the upper limit. few minutes to have the oil back to the oil The engine oil will lose the lubricating capacity pan. For cold engine, the time for the oil 8. If the oil level is lower than the lower limit, after being contaminated. Be sure to replace returning to the oil pan will be relatively add engine oil of the same grade to have the engine oil in accordance with maintenance long. the oil level approaching to but not higher procedures. The oil filter must be replaced at than the upper limit. The engine oil filler the same time of engine oil replacement every 3. Pull out the oil dipstick and clean it. cap is on the cylinder head cover. Refer to time. Under harsh conditions, the 4. Insert the oil dipstick completely. the diagram of “Engine Compartment”. replacement interval of engine oil and oil filter 5. Pull out the oil dipstick again. must be shorter than the interval specified in Caution standard maintenance procedures. 6. Check the engine oil on the dipstick to Engine oil is irritating and can cause illness e n s u r e t h a t t h e o i l i s f r e e o f or fatal danger in case of swallowing. Caution contamination. Ÿ Keep it out of reach of children. This work requires professional skills, Ÿ Avoid repeated or prolonged skin tools and equipment; therefore, please contact with engine oil. go to the MG Authorised Service Center Ÿ Wash the part in contact with engine for help. Otherwise, it may cause oil with soap water or hand sanitizer. personal injury or damage to the vehicle.

166 167 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

2.0 Diesel Engine Engine Oil

166 167 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Brake and Clutch Fluid Coolant Brake / Clutch Fluid Adding Harsh conditions include but not limited to: Note The vehicle cooling system is filled with Note There is a brake and clutch fluid reservoir on Ÿ Frequent cold start. It is prohibited to dispose of old engine oil ethylene glycol coolant. Under pressure, hot coolant and steam the vehicle. The brake and clutch fluid is moisture-absorbing, and the fluid with Ÿ Frequent starting and stopping in case of and filters together with household This kind of coolant in right mixing ratio can may spray out, causing serious personal excessive water content will reduce the traffic jam. garbage. provide excellent anti-corrosion and injury. It shall make use of local legal waste antifreezing performance for the cooling and It is prohibited to open the coolant tank efficiency of the hydraulic brake/clutch system. Ÿ Frequent driving for short trips. management facilities. heating systems. cover before the engine and radiator cool Replace the fluid as per the instruction in the Ÿ F r e q u e n t d r i v i n g a t a n o u t s i d e down. Manual to avoid corrosion of the hydraulic Old engine oil and filters contain harmful When the engine is in a cold state, the coolant temperature of below 0 °C. system. substances that are harmful to human level shall be between MIN (minimum) and health and threaten the environment. Ÿ Long time idling. MAX (maximum) marked on the coolant tank. Caution Be sure to use the brake/clutch fluid Ÿ Frequent driving at low speed. The coolant level rises with the engine The coolant is a dangerous substance. recommended by MG Motor. Add fluid into Note the reservoir to reach a proper level. The fluid Ÿ Frequent driving under dusty conditions. temperature rise and drops as the engine Ÿ Avoid repeated or prolonged The use of non-specified or poor quality cools. exposure to coolant. level shall not be lower than the MIN engine oil or additives will cause damage (minimum) mark or higher than the MAX 1. Thoroughly wipe off the dirt around the If the coolant level is lower than the MIN Ÿ In case of contact with coolant, wash Caution to the engine. Please consult the MG (maximum) mark. reservoir filler cap. (minimum) mark, please go to the MG the skin and fingernail with soap The engine oil and oil drum are harmful Authorised Service Center before 2. Open the filler cap. Authorised Service Center for coolant filling water. The cause of excessive low brake fluid level to human health. attempting to use additives. or replacement. Ÿ Keep it out of reach of children. may be leakage of brake system or normal 3. Add the brake/clutch fluid recommended Avoid repeated or prolonged exposure Ÿ Coolant is irritating to the skin and wear of brake pad/lining. Please contact the by MG Motor to reach the MAX to engine oil. In case of contact with Note can cause illness or fatal danger in MG Authorised Service Center to ensure that (maximum) mark. Be careful not to spill the engine oil, wash the skin with soap water case of swallowing. whether the system needs to be repaired. If fluid on the paint surface. In case of spilling or hand sanitizer. Keep this kind of toxic Ordinary water or coolant in wrong repairs are necessary, add fluid after repair of on the paint surface, wash the area with substance out of reach of children. mixing ratio will cause damage to the cooling system. hydraulic braking system. When the brake cold water immediately. Engine oil is irritating to the skin and can fluid level is lower than the lower limit, the cause illness or fatal danger in case of It is prohibited to use ordinary water, 4. Re-install the reservoir filler cap. swallowing. alcohol or methanol on the vehicle to braking system warning lamp “ ” will be on. prevent freezing. Refer to “Braking System/EBD Warning Lamp” in Chapter “Instrument and Control Device”.

168 169 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Transmission Fluid Windshield Washer Solvent Auto Transmission Clutch Fluid Adding * Transmission Fluid Leakage Check The level inspection and adding of clutch fluid Caution Note require skills, and the fluid replacement This work requires professional skills and It is prohibited to dispose of the old equipment. To avoid personal injury or vehicle Please go to the MG Authorised Service requires specialized skills and equipment. It is brake/clutch fluid as household garbage. damage, it is suggested to go to the MG Center for filling of the correct washer recommended to go to a service center for It shall make use of local legal waste solvent. Authorised Service Center for help. vehicle maintenance on time. For any help, management organization. Do not fill water or radiator antifreezing please contact the service center. The old brake/clutch fluid and containers agent into the windshield washer solvent are dangerous and may be harmful to container. The water will lead the Note human health and the environment. solution to freeze, and the frozen Before opening the filler cap, clean the solution will damage the windshield area around the brake / clutch fluid Caution w a s h i n g s y s t e m . T h e r a d i a t o r antifreezing agent will damage the reservoir filler cap. The brake/clutch fluid spilling over the windshield washing system and vehicle Contamination of the brake/clutch fluid engine may cause a fire. The vehicle equipped with auto transmission paint. s y s t e m w i l l a f f e c t t h e s y s t e m An overfull fluid reservoir is not allowed. Before driving, be sure that the fluid reservoir has an independent clutch fluid reservoir. performance, resulting in costly repairs. Engine fire may cause personal injury and contains sufficient specified washer solvent. 1. Thoroughly wipe off the dirt around the damage the vehicle and other properties. In cold weather, the windshield washer Note reservoir filler cap. Caution solvent container cannot be overfilled. Add windshield washer solvent: 2. Open the filler cap. The brake / clutch fluid is irritating to the Washer solvent will swell under low It is suggested to use the ready-to-use skin and eyes. temperature due to freezing. An overfull special washer solvent. If concentrated 3. Add the clutch fluid recommended by MG washer solvent is used, please add water Keep the skin or eyes from contact with container has no enough space for expansion, Motor to reach the MAX (maximum) t o d i l u t e i t a c c o r d i n g t o t h e mark. Be careful not to spill the fluid the brake/clutch fluid. In case of contact, thus resulting in damages. wash the part in contact with the manufacturer’s instructions. outside the reservoir. In case of spilling on brake/clutch fluid with soap water or Do not use tap water. Minerals or the paint surface, wash the area with cold hand sanitizer thoroughly. impurities contained in tap water may water immediately. block lines of the windshield washer. 4. Re-install the reservoir filler cap. If the temperature is likely to fall below freezing point, use windshield washer s o l v e n t w i t h g o o d a n t i f r e e z i n g performance.

170 171 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Injection Low Diesel Emissions Additive Diesel System Failure Warning Light - Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Indicator Light - MESSAGE DESCRIPTION If Equipped If Equipped Diesel Emissions Additive Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Warning Messages:

Low Diesel Emissions Additive Diesel The first low level warning will be given at around 2,400 km range, and is determined according to Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Level Warning the current consumption rate. The "Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Low Level" warning light and message will display on the instrument panel. The Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) low level warning light will remains lit until the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank is topped up with at least 5 Liters of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). If the level is not resolved an additional warning appear whenever a certain threshold is reached until it will no longer be possible to start the engine. When 200 km are remaining before the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank is empty, a message will appear on the instrument panel, accompanied by a buzzer sound. When the range is at 0, the This warning light will illuminate along with a The Low Diesel Exhaust Emissions Additive display will show a dedicated message (if equipped). In this case, the engine will not restart. It will dedicated message on the display (If Equipped) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) indicator light be possible to restart the engine again as soon as Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is added; the if an unknown fluid not conforming with illuminates when the Diesel Exhaust Fluid minimum amount required is 5 Liters. Fill the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank as soon as possible acceptable characteristics is inserted, or if an (DEF) level is low. with at least 5 Liters of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). average consumption of Diesel Exhaust Fluid Fill the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank as soon (DEF) over 50% is detected. Contact an as possible with at least 5 liters of Diesel authorized dealer as soon as possible. Exhaust Fluid (DEF). NOTE: If the problem is not solved, a specific message When the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank is empty, and the vehicle is stopped it is no longer will appear on the Instrument Cluster Display possible to restart the vehicle until a minimum of 5 Liters of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is added whenever a certain threshold is reached until to the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank. it will no longer be possible to start the engine. When about 200 km are remaining before the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank is empty, a *The exact message on instrument cluster may vary. continuous dedicated message will appear on the instrument panel, accompanied by a buzzer sound* (If Equipped). *The exact message on instrument cluster may vary. 172 173 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Adding Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) - Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Storage Preliminary Conditions MESSAGE DESCRIPTION If Equipped Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is considered a 1 2 The vehicle is equipped with an Diesel Exhaust very stable product with a long shelf life. If Diesel Emissions Additive Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Fault Warning Messages: Fluid (DEF) injection system and Selective Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is kept in Catalytic Reduction to meet emission temperatures between 10° and 90°F (-12° and Engine Will Not Restart Service Diesel This message will display if Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) system issue detected is not serviced standards. These two systems ensure 32°C), it will last a minimum of one year. Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System See Dealer during the allowed period. Your engine will not restart unless your vehicle is serviced by an compliance with the diesel emissions Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is subject to authorized dealer. If the level is not resolved, an additional warning appear whenever a certain requirements; at the same time, they ensure freezing at the lowest temperatures. For threshold is reached until it will no longer be possible to start the engine. When 200 km are fuel-efficiency, handling, torque and power. example, Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) may remaining before the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank is empty, a message will appear on the For messages and system warnings, refer to freeze at temperatures at or below 12°F instrument panel accompanied by a buzzer sound. the "Warning Lights And Messages" in the 1. Fuel Filler (-11°C). The system has been designed to 2. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Filler Cap "Getting To Know Your Instrument Panel" operate in this environment. section. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is a very NOTE: Consumption of the additive Diesel Exhaust stable product with a long shelf life. Stored at Fluid (DEF) depends on the condition of vehicle *The exact message on instrument cluster may vary. temperatures LOWER than 90°F (32°C),it has When working with Diesel Exhaust Fluid use and is indicated by the Warning Light and / a shelf life of at least one year. For more (DEF), it is important to know that: or the message on the instrument panel. Note information on the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Ÿ Any containers or parts that come into Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) freezes at Ÿ The display may take up to five seconds to update after adding 7.5 Liters or more of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) to the Diesel liquid type, see the "Fluids and lubricants" in contact with Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) temperatures lower than 12°F (-11°C). If the Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank. If you have a fault related to the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) system, the display may not update to the "Technical specifications" section. must be Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) car stands for a long time at this temperature the new level. See an authorized dealer for service. NOTE: compatible (plastic or stainless steel). Copper, brass, aluminum, iron or non- refilling could be difficult. For this reason, it is Ÿ Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) freezes at temperatures lower than l2°F (-l1°C). If the car stands for a long time at this Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) freezes at stainless steel should be avoided as they advised to park the vehicle in a garage and / or temperature, refilling could be difficult. For this reason, it is advised to park the vehicle in a garage and / or heated temperatures lower than 12°F (-11°C). are subject to corrosion by Diesel Exhaust heated environment and wait for the Diesel environment, and wait for the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) to return to liquid state before topping up. Fluid (DEF). Exhaust Fluid (DEF) to return to liquid state before topping up. Ÿ If Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is spilled, it should be wiped up completely. Proceed as follows: Ÿ Park the car on flat ground and stop the engine by placing the ignition in the OFF position.

174 175 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Ÿ Open the fuel door, remove the Diesel Refilling With Nozzles Ÿ If containers which can be screwed to the NOTE: Ÿ Do not add additives or other fluids to Note Exhaust Fluid (DEF) filler cap. You can fill up at any Diesel Exhaust Fluid filler are used, the reservoir is full when Ÿ If Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is spilled out Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), doing so could Once the engine is turned off, the Diesel the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) level in the damage the system. Caution (DEF) distributor. of the filler neck, clean up the area well and Exhaust Fluid (DEF) pump rotates (a noise container stops pouring out. Do not proceed to filling up again. If the liquid Ÿ The use of non-conforming or degraded can be heard, which is normal) in reverse Never fill Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) or Proceed as follows: proceed further. crystallizes, eliminate it with a sponge and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) may lead to direction for approx 30 sec and in turn sucks diesel fuel into the wrong filling ports. This Ÿ Insert the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) warm water. indications appearing on the instrument the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) back into the may result serious damage to Engine, Fuel nozzle in the filler, start refilling and stop Ÿ panel display refer to "Warning Lights And tank. This prevents Diesel Exhaust Fluid system and Emission system components. In refilling at the first shut-off (the shut-off Operations After Refilling DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM Messages" in the "Getting To Know Your (DEF) sedimentation in the Diesel Exhaust case of wrongly filled do not start the engine, indicates that the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Proceed as follows: LEVEL: this could cause damage to the reservoir. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Instrument Panel" for further information. Fluid (DEF) hose and injectors. contact an authorized dealer. (DEF) tank is full). Do not proceed with Ÿ Fit the cap back on the Diesel Exhaust freezes at under 12° F (-11° C). Although Ÿ Never pour Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) the refilling, to prevent spillage of Diesel Fluid (DEF) filler by turning it clockwise the system is designed to operate below into another container; it could be Note Exhaust Fluid (DEF). and screwing it completely. the freezing point of the Diesel Exhaust contaminated. At Each Stop for Fuel Ÿ Extract the nozzle. Ÿ Place the ignition to ON POSITION (it is Fluid (DEF), it is advisable not to fill the Ÿ If the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) runs out, Check the engine oil level about five minutes not necessary to start the engine). tank beyond the maximum level because if see refer to "Warning Lights And after a fully warmed engine is shut off. Refilling With Containers Ÿ Wait for the indication on the instrument the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) freezes the Messages" in the "Getting To Know Your Checking the oil level while the vehicle is on Proceed as follows: panel to switch off before moving the car. system can be damaged. Follow the Instrument Panel" for further information level ground will impose the accuracy of the The indication may stay on for a few instructions in this section. to continue using the car normally. oil level reading. Ÿ Check the expiration date. seconds to approximately half a minute. If Ÿ If the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is spilled Ÿ Read the advice for use on the label before Ÿ Check the windshield washer solvent the engine is started and the car is moved, on painted surfaces or aluminium, pouring the content of the bottle into the and add if required. the indication will remain on for longer. immediately clean the area with water and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank. Ÿ Check and top-up Diesel Exhaust Fluid This will not compromise engine use absorbent material to collect the fluid (DEF) if required as indicated by the Ÿ If systems which cannot be screwed in (e.g. operation. that has been spilled on the ground. tanks) are used for refilling, after the Warning Light and/or message on the Ÿ If the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) was Ÿ Do not try to start the engine if Diesel indication appears on the instrument panel instrument cluster. topped up when the tank was empty, wait Exhaust Fluid (DEF) was accidentally display refer to "Warning lights And for few minutes, until the warning light added to the diesel fuel tank, this can result Messages" in the "Getting To Know Your Note goes OFF and then start the engine. in serious engine damage, contact an Instrument Panel" for further information, It is recommended to visit the MG authorized dealer. Authorised workshop for refill / top up. fill the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank with no more than 8 liters.

176 177 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Windshield Wiper Air Filter Drive Belt Brake Pedal Wiper Blade Removal and Installation Brake Pedal Travel Check Foreign objects on the windshield and blade Fold the wiper arm on the windshield for As shown in the figure, firstly press the release Check and replace the air filter element For normal operation of engine and air will reduce the effectiveness of the wiper. If operation. switch of the wiper blade in the direction of regularly according to the maintenance compressor, the drive belt should be adjusted the blade does not work properly, wipe the arrow 1. Then hold the joint part between the instructions in the Manual. to a good state. In case of damage, break or windshield and the blade with special or wiper blade and the wiper arm with the other Air Filter Cleaning wear, please replace the drive belt. neutral washer solvent. Flush with water hand. Pull the wiper blade down slightly in the If the air filter element is too dirty, clean it thoroughly. If necessary, repeat the above direction of arrow 2 to separate the wiper according to the following procedures: Caution operation. Do not wipe the windshield with blade from the wiper arm. If the key is not pulled out, the engine 1. Shake the air filter element to remove corrosive substances or materials that cannot During installation, insert and clamp the new may be start unintentionally during floating dust. be removed from the glass (e.g. silicone). wiper blade into the U-slot of the wiper arm. check. Do not leave the key in the ignition 2. Clean the interior of air filter housing. The strips have a layer of graphite on the During the rear wiper blade removal, pull out switch when checking the drive belt. surface for lubrication and protection. It the wiper blade from the installation point on 3. Cover the filter housing with a wet cloth Sudden running parts may cause serious personal injury when the engine is in should be protected from excessive wiping wiper arm. For installation, align the blade with when cleaning the filter element. and undue polishing. operation. the installation point and press it into the 4. Clean the filter element with compressed Brake pedal travel: Do not start the wiper when the windshield point. air in the opposite direction of the engine To avoid affecting the pedal travel, do not lay a surface is dry. Park the vehicle in a cool place intake. thick carpet in the brake pedal area. as far as possible to prevent exposure to high- temperature, which will accelerate the aging Note The reasonable range of brake pedal free and deformation of strips. Clean air is necessary for the normal travel is 0~30 mm. Remove foreign matters such as bird operation of engine. If the brake pedal fails to return or the brake droppings, dust and leaves from the windshield It is prohibited to drive the vehicle pedal travel becomes longer, please go to the surface before starting the wiper; otherwise, without the air filter element being MG Authorised Service Center for inspection. the service life of strips will be reduced. installed. Otherwise, the engine will be This may indicate faults of the brake system. damaged.

178 179 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Fuse Indoor Fuse Box Engine Compartment Fuse Box Indoor Fuse Box Layout For vehicles with different models or configurations, the layout of fuse box internal components may be different. The owner’s actual vehicle shall prevail.

Fuse replacement: The indoor fuse box is on the lower left side of The engine compartment fuse box is next to 1. Open the fuse box cover. the instrument panel and it can be seen after the battery. pulling out the storage box. 2. Identify damaged fuses by finding out blown fuses. Caution Caution 3. Use a fuse extractor to remove the blown Do not use a conductive tool to remove The use of fuse substitutes or the fuse fuses. The fuse extractor is in the engine the blown fuse. The fuse extractor must be with an incorrect type and current rating compartment fuse box. used. The use of metal and other electric may damage the electrical system or 4. Figure out the cause of fusing and remove conductors may cause a short circuit, cause a fire. Be sure to use a fuse of the the fault. damage the electrical system or cause a type and current rating that meets the 5. Install new fuses with rated current fire, resulting in serious personal injury. requirements. Otherwise, it may cause personal injury and damage the vehicle meeting the requirements. and other properties.

180 181 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

180 181 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE Lamp Bulb Replacement Engine Compartment Fuse Box Layout Lamp Fogging For vehicles with different models or configurations, the layout of fuse box internal components may be different. The owner’s actual vehicle shall prevail. Caution Caution When the temperature is low or the air is The gas in the halogen bulb is under Clean the halogen bulb with alcohol or humid, there may be water mist inside the pressure. Handle with care and properly mineral spirits and non-woven fabrics. lamp. Turn on the lamp, and the water mist will dispose of halogen bulbs. Do not touch the bulb with hands dissipate after a while. If it is resulted from the Ÿ Wear safety glasses when removing directly. weather, repair is not necessary. or installing the lamp. Fingerprints may significantly shorten If the water mist does not dissipate after the Ÿ Take care to prevent bulbs from wear the effective service life of halogen bulbs. lamp is turned on and there is more and more and scratches. water vapor, please contact the MG Ÿ When the lamp lights up without Caution Authorised Service Center for inspection. being packaged, prevent the bulb Professional skills and special equipment from contacting liquids. are required for replacement of bulbs. It Ÿ Light up the lamp for test after the is suggested to go to the MG Authorised bulb being installed. Service Center for help. Otherwise, it Ÿ Replace the cracked or damaged may cause personal injury or damage the headlamp in time. vehicle. Ÿ Do not touch the glass portion with ungloved fingers when replacing the halogen bulb. Ÿ Keep the bulb out of reach of children. Ÿ Dispose of the old bulb carefully to prevent personal injury due to bulb explosion.

182 183 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE Lamp Bulb Replacement Engine Compartment Fuse Box Layout Lamp Fogging For vehicles with different models or configurations, the layout of fuse box internal components may be different. The owner’s actual vehicle shall prevail. Caution Caution When the temperature is low or the air is The gas in the halogen bulb is under Clean the halogen bulb with alcohol or humid, there may be water mist inside the pressure. Handle with care and properly mineral spirits and non-woven fabrics. lamp. Turn on the lamp, and the water mist will dispose of halogen bulbs. Do not touch the bulb with hands dissipate after a while. If it is resulted from the Ÿ Wear safety glasses when removing directly. weather, repair is not necessary. or installing the lamp. Fingerprints may significantly shorten If the water mist does not dissipate after the Ÿ Take care to prevent bulbs from wear the effective service life of halogen bulbs. lamp is turned on and there is more and more and scratches. water vapor, please contact the MG Ÿ When the lamp lights up without Caution Authorised Service Center for inspection. being packaged, prevent the bulb Professional skills and special equipment from contacting liquids. are required for replacement of bulbs. It Ÿ Light up the lamp for test after the is suggested to go to the MG Authorised bulb being installed. Service Center for help. Otherwise, it Ÿ Replace the cracked or damaged may cause personal injury or damage the headlamp in time. vehicle. Ÿ Do not touch the glass portion with ungloved fingers when replacing the halogen bulb. Ÿ Keep the bulb out of reach of children. Ÿ Dispose of the old bulb carefully to prevent personal injury due to bulb explosion.

182 183 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Wheels and Tyres Maintenance Original tyres guarantee optimum matching of The tyre pressure shall meet provisions of the Check the tyre pressure each time when Do not touch the curb when parking. Caution The tyre must be replaced when the tread riding comfort, tread life and performance. Manual so as to ensure optimum matching of refueling or at least every month. Incorrect Regular Tyre Check If the vehicle is equipped with tyre wear indicator appears. When the tread driving comfort, safety and driveability. tyre pressure may: depth is equal to or less than 1.6 mm due to Caution Ÿ Appearance damage. pressure monitoring system, the tyre Ÿ Increase tyre wear repairing liquid for tyre repair may result wear, the tread wear indicator will appear Be sure to use wheels and tyres of Ÿ Foreign material. in the failure of the tyre pressure between the tread grooves. specified specifications. The use of Ÿ Affect the vehicle manoeuvrability and Ÿ Piercing. monitoring system sensor. It is w h e e l s a n d / o r t y r e s o f o t h e r safety Caution Ÿ Cut. suggested to go the MG Authorised specifications may result in abnormal Ÿ Affect the riding comfort Ÿ Crack. Service Center for inquiries and repair. Do not drive the vehicle in case of tyre operation of ABS and other relevant Ÿ Ÿ wear or damage. The worn or damaged components and even cause collision Reduce the fuel economy Protruding on side wall. Internal Tread Wear Indicator tyres may lead to the vehicle out of accidents. Note It shall also inspect the wheel for damage. control and cause collision accidents, Check the tyre tread depth as per the tread Please consult the MG Authorised Ÿ Vehicle overload is prohibited. Tyre defects including the above defects may resulting in personal injury and damage Service Center before replacing original wear indicator regularly. The mark on the tyre of vehicle or other properties. Ÿ Be sure to keep a proper tyre inflation lead to vehicle out of control, causing personal tyres or wheels. wall indicates the position of the tread wear pressure. injury. Otherwise, it may cause personal injury indicator. Refer to the tyre load information label for the Ÿ Be sure to check the tyre inflation In case of damage or abnormal wear of tyre or and damage the vehicle or other correct tyre pressure. The label is on the sill pressure at the time of cold start properties. wheel, please consult the MG Authorised plate below the driver's door. (ambient temperature). Service Center for help. At the time of cold start, check the tyre pressure Excessively low tyre pressure will cause The vehicle is equipped with radial tyres. MG with an accurate tyre pressure gauge. After check overheat of the tyre, leading to internal Motor suggests replacing with radial tyres of of tyre pressure, tighten the valve core cap. damage and layered tread and even tyre burst the same size, pattern, tread wear, Note when driving at a high speed. Even if the tyre temperature and rated speed. Make sure to check the tyre pressure at pressure was restored later, driving under too the time of cold start. The reading low pressure may have damaged the tyre. Note The use of tyres with different size than measured after the tyre temperature has Tyre and Wheel Maintenance increased shall not prevail. tyres will the original tyres may cause the tyre and become hot after traveling for 1.6 Km Running over sharp objects may damage tyres the vehicle component to interfere with and will not cool down completely within and wheels. If you have to run over these each other, thus causing damage to the 3h after stopping. objects, please slow down. tyre and vehicle.

184 185 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Spare Tyre, Jack and Tools Tyre Rotation Tyre Chain Tool Kit Take out the Spare Tyres Jack Lifting Point 5-seat Model 5-seat Model Caution Tyre chains are only used for emergencies or Please use the recommended wheels and in areas clearly defined by law and should be wheel nuts/bolts. installed on the drive wheels. Be especially Otherwise, it may lead to the vehicle out careful when driving the vehicle equipped with of control and cause collision accidents, tyre chains. Compared with tyres without tyre resulting in personal injury and damage chains, when tyres are installed with tyre of vehicle or other properties. chains, the maneuverability of the vehicle is poor, and the tyre chain may damage the Note vehicle tyre, suspension or vehicle body. If the vehicle is equipped with tyre Therefore, use cable tyre chains as far as pressure monitoring system, after tyre possible to ensure enough space between the rotation or tyre replacement, please go tyre and other parts in the wheel casing. When The front tyres and the rear tyres have to the MG Authorised Service Center to using tyre chains, carefully read the installation different functions and therefore have Spare Tyre 1. Open the liftgate and raise the luggage As shown in the figure above, the jack lifting relearn the tyre pressure. and other related instructions of the tyre chain different levels of wear. The front tyres wear The spare tyre, jack and tools are under the compartment floor. points are around the side wall skirt, and there manufacturer. faster than the rear tyres. In order to prolong Winter Tyres luggage compartment and can be seen after 2. Take out the tool bracket on the spare are triangle marks in corresponding parts for the convenience of searching. the tyre life and avoid uneven tread wear: The use of winter tyres while driving on icy Note raising the luggage compartment floor. In- tyre. If the audio is equipped, disconnect its vehicle tools include the jack rocker, socket cable. These lifting points are also lifting points of the 1. Conduct tyre rotation as per maintenance and snowy roads can improve driving safety. It After installation of tyre chains, it is wrenches, traction hooks and screwdrivers. lifter, and the lifter tray should be aligned with regulations in the Manual. is suggested to replace with winter tyres when suggested to drive the vehicle at the 3. Rotate the butterfly nut in the center of the the triangle mark. The lifting points have been 2. Keep a proper tyre pressure. the temperature is below 7 °C. Please select speed of below 30 km/h or the limited spare tyre counterclockwise to remove it, winter tyres with radial tyre structure and use speed recommended by the tyre chain and then place it properly. specifically strengthened. Please be sure to 3. Check nuts/bolts for tightening. align them. such winter tyres on all four wheels. Please use manufacturer (whichever is smaller). 4. Take out the spare tyre. the specified tyre pressure. Do not drive the vehicle at a speed exceeding the maximum speed specified by the tyre manufacturer. All- weather tyres can be used except winter tyres.

186 187 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Tyre Replacement Caution Caution Make sure to use appropriate nuts and Do not work under the vehicle or start bolts, and tighten to the proper torque. the engine when the vehicle is supported The use of incorrect parts or improper by a jack. The vehicle may slip off the jack, tightening of vehicle nuts may cause resulting in serious injury or death. damage to the vehicle or wheel falling off. Note Caution When the vehicle jacking condition is During the entire process the vehicle unsatisfactory or if you do not have the being lifted by the jack, ensure that the confidence to safely complete this work, jack is placed vertically and no slipping please contact the MG Authorised occurs. Service Center for help. 1. Take out tools, the jack and spare tyre. 3. Place the jack just below the lifting point 4. As shown in the figure above, connect the 11. Install all wheel nuts and tighten them Check and confirm that the tyre on the closest to the tyre that needs to be jack rocker to the jack. preliminarily. Note Caution diagonal is secured with blocks or stones. replaced. Align the slot on the jack head 5. Rotate the rocker clockwise to allow the 12. Rotate the jack rocker counterclockwise Do not lift the vehicle to a height that Do not apply oil or grease on the wheel 2. Use a socket spanner to unscrew the wheel with the edgefold. jack to rise slowly and ensure that the jack to lower the vehicle to the ground stably. exceeds the necessary height for wheel nuts or bolts. nut by one turn. head is firmly pushed into the lifting replacement. Please use correct wheel nuts or bolts. Caution 13. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order 1-4-2- position. 5-3 as shown in the figure above with the Use a socket wrench to tighten nuts or Do not remove any nut before wheels are 6. After ensuring that the jack is in the correct torque of 100~130 N•m. Note bolts firmly. lifted off the ground. position, continue turning the rocker until Please replace the leaky tyre as far as Please go to the MG Authorised Service 14. Put the leaky tyre in the spare tyre storage possible for further use. It shall check the the tyre is about 3 cm off the ground. location and secure it properly. Put tools Center as soon as possible and tighten spare tyres regularly to ensure that they wheel nuts or bolts according to Warning 7. Place the spare tyre at the vehicle bottom back to the tool kit and secure them. can be used safely in case of emergency. specification. In case of improper Do not attempt to lift the vehicle before near the wheel to be replaced so as to prevent the vehicle from suddenly slipping. tightening, nuts or bolts may be loose, the jack is put into a proper position. The resulting in accidents. jack should be firmly secured between 8. Remove wheel nuts completely. the vehicle and the ground. 9. Remove the wheel to be replaced. 10. Install the spare tyre on wheel hub.

188 189 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Jump Start (Dead Battery) Jumper Cable Connection Caution The vehicle with a low battery can be started In case of jump start of the vehicle, connect the Caution Caution Note jumper cable in the following order: When using the jack, the vehicle may by using the battery of other vehicles by the There is the risk of battery explosion. You Position the jumper cable properly and It shall start the engine of the vehicle with become unstable and move, causing means of jump start. 1. Clip one end of the first jumper cable to the may be burned by the battery acid, and an do not wrap it around rotating parts of a discharged battery at an interval of damage and personal injury. Please use If the battery is dead, please contact the MG positive terminal of the powered battery. electrical short circuit can also cause the engine compartment. about 1 minute, and the time for each the correct jack in normal state. Authorised Service Center for handling unless (There is a “+” mark on the battery personal injury or damage to the vehicle. Otherwise, it may damage the vehicle start cannot exceed 15s. Before lifting, have all passengers leave you confirm that you have enough electrical housing or the terminal) Ÿ Do not place the battery near an open and cause personal injury. the vehicle and stay away from traffic. knowledge and you can safely complete this 2. Clip the other end of the jumper cable to flame or sparks. Do not tilt the vehicle Caution body over the battery in case of jump start. The jack is used for wheel replacement work. the positive terminal of the dead battery. Caution Do not use the battery as a jump source Ÿ Do not allow cable terminals to only. (There is a “+” mark on the terminal) It shall not be connected to the negative for other appliances for a long time. contact with each other. Do not jack up the vehicle on a sloped or Caution (-) terminal of the battery when it is Otherwise, it is easy to make the battery 3. Clip one end of the second jumper cable to Ÿ Wear safety goggles when working sliding ground. Do not start the vehicle by the means of finally connected to the vehicle that lose electricity and may even cause safety the negative terminal of the powered nearby the battery. Use the jack at the jack lifting point pushing or dragging. Otherwise, it may needs to be charged. accidents. battery. (There is a “-” mark on the Ÿ Do not allow battery acid to come into closest to the wheel that needs to be damage the catalytic converter and the Connect the last connected clip to the battery housing or the terminal) contact with eyes, skin, fabric or replaced. transmission and even personal injury. bolt on the engine cylinder block steel painted surfaces. Stop the wheel on the diagonal with 4. Connect the other end of the cable to the bracket. The last connection point Preparation before Jump Start Ÿ Ensure that the battery used for jump wedges, blocks or stones so as to avoid body ground of the vehicle that has no should be away from the battery as far as start has the same voltage as the vehicle moving. 1. Pull up the parking brake. electricity. possible. voltage of original vehicle battery. 2. Ensure that the gearshift lever is at the 5. While jump start, it is allowed to start the Ÿ Do not disconnect a dead battery from If the jumper cable is connected to the neutral or P position. negative terminal of an uncharged Caution engine of the vehicle providing jump start the vehicle. power supply. Try to start the engine of the battery, it may produce electric arc and Before using the jack, make sure that the 3. Turn off all electrical accessories. When starting the engine with jumper vehicle that has no electricity within one cables, violation of the above precautions cause the battery to explode. parking brake is pulled up, the Note It will cause serious personal injury or transmission is at Gear 1 or reverse gear minute, and do not turn the ignition key or the following instructions can cause the battery to explode, resulting in people damage the vehicle. and the DCT automatic transmission is Turn off the audio system before jump more than 5s each time. After start, keep being burned by battery acid or causing a at P gear. start of the vehicle. Otherwise, the audio the rotation speed at 2000 (r/min) for system will be damaged. Please turn off short circuit. Avoid replacing wheels at traffic- several minutes. unnecessary electrical devices when the This may damage the electrical system of intensive locations 6. To remove the jumper cable carefully in vehicle is running at low speed for long both vehicles and cause serious personal reverse order, remove the negative cable time (in case of traffic jam). injury. first and then the positive cable.

190 191 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Vehicle Traction Vehicle Traction with Wheel Lifter Vehicle Traction with Platform Trailer Emergency Trailer Front Towing Hook Caution For MT or DCT model Ÿ It is prohibited to allow passengers to If the trailer is not available in case of an be seated in the towed vehicles. emergency, it can secure the rope on the front Ÿ The towing speed is not allowed to towing hook under the vehicle for temporary exceed the safe speed or the vehicle traction. When the vehicle is towed via indicated road speed limit. the front towing hook, only traction rope can Ÿ It is prohibited to use damaged parts be used. Do not use a rigid tow bar. that are not firmly secured onto the No matter MT or DCT model, engage the vehicle for traction. Failure to comply with the above precautions may neutral (N) gear and release the hand brake result in personal injury. when the vehicle is towed. If equipped with CVT, do not use a rope for If vehicle traction is necessary, please contact 1. Turn on the hazard warning flasher. traction. Only a platform trailer is allowed for There is a hole cover on the right side of the the MG Authorised Service Center or a 2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position. When towing the vehicle with a platform carrying. When the vehicle is trapped in front bumper of the vehicle. Open it and the professional traction service company. 3. The transmission must be in neutral gear. trailer, turn off the ignition switch and check quagmire or slips in a pit, a rope can be used fixing hole for hook installation can be seen. 4. Release the parking brake. that the vehicle is firmly attached to the trailer. for traction, but long-distance traction is not The towing hook is on the tool bracket under Note allowed. the luggage compartment floor. Take out the 5. Front wheels must be off the ground when Note Do not tow the vehicle with lifting chain towing. Notes on AT Model Traction towing hook and install it into the fixing hole. type equipment. It must use plates or If the vehicle must be towed from the Rotate the towing hook clockwise to tighten it If the automatic transmission is faulty, the wheel lifting equipment. rear, please use traction device completely and insert a socket wrench into neutral (N) gear may not be engaged. In this supporting wheels under the front the hook hole to assist tightening. Be sure that case, if vehicle traction is required, the drive wheels. The front wheels should not be the towing hook is installed firmly before shafts of the two front wheels should be on the ground when the vehicle is towed towing the vehicle. When towing the vehicle, removed first; otherwise, the transmission from the rear. Otherwise, it may cause the driver must control steering and braking in s e r i o u s d a m a g e t o t h e v e h i c l e may be damaged. It is suggested to contact the the vehicle. After completion of traction, transmission. MG Authorised Service Center for solution. remove the towing hook and close the hole cover, and then put the towing hook back into the tool kit.

192 193 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Vehicle Maintenance Rear Towing Hook Getting Vehicle out of Trap Cleaning Agent Note Caution When the vehicle is caught in snow, puddle or Note The manufacturer's suggestions must be The vehicle may be damaged when it is The towing speed shall not exceed 30 other unstable ground, please follow the In order to avoid damage to the observed when using cleaning agent or other towed by ropes. To reduce damage: Km/h, and the towing distance shall not procedures below to get the vehicle out of trap. transmission and other parts, the chemical products inside or outside the Ÿ The towing hook must be used when exceed 40 Km. When long-distance 1. Turn the steering wheel to the ultimate left following precautions must be observed vehicle. other traction devices are not available. towing is required, it is suggested to and then turn it to the ultimate right. This when getting the vehicle out of the trap. Do not use dangerous cleaning agent when Ÿ The vehicle shall be towed from the contact the MG Authorised Service will create a vacant area around the front Ÿ Do not depress the accelerator pedal cleaning the interior and exterior of the front only. Center or a professional towing service wheels. during gear shifting or when the vehicle. For example: Ÿ company for help. Keep the traction rope out of contact 2. Engage the reverse gear and drive gear transmission is not in a proper gear Ÿ Acetone with the bumper. back and forth. position. Ÿ Paint diluent Ÿ Make sure that both ends of the Ÿ High engine speed is not allowed, and Caution 3. Reduce wheel idling as far as possible. Ÿ Porcelain glaze reducing agent traction rope are firmly secured on the wheel idling shall be avoided. towing hook. Pull the traction rope for CVT models are not allowed to be towed 4. Release the accelerator pedal when Ÿ Nail polish remover Ÿ If it fails to get the vehicle out of trap There is a hole cover on the left side of the inspection. and must be transported by platform shifting gear. When cleaning the interior and exterior of the Ÿ trailer otherwise the transmission will be after several efforts, consider other rear bumper of the vehicle. Open it and the Drive the vehicle at a low speed and 5. After engaging the gear, depress the vehicle, the following cleaning agents are avoid sharp turning. damaged. methods, such as traction. fixing hole for hook installation can be seen. accelerator pedal gently. prohibited unless special instructions for Take out the towing hook and install it into the Note If it fails to get the vehicle out of trap, it is cleaning stains are included in the fabric necessary to tow the vehicle. cleaning tips: fixing hole. Rotate the towing hook clockwise The vehicle may be out of control when it Ÿ to tighten it completely and insert a socket is towed by ropes. Laundry soap Caution wrench into the hook hole to assist tightening. To reduce damage: Ÿ Bleaching powder Be sure that the towing hook is installed firmly Ÿ The towing distance shall not be too When the vehicle is caught in snow, Ÿ Reducing agent before towing the vehicle. long, and the vehicle should be towed puddle or sandy soil, you need to get the Do not tow vehicles that are heavier than this at a low speed. vehicle out of the trap as soon as possible. Caution Ÿ Do not tow the vehicle if the wheel, F i r s t , c h e c k w h e t h e r t h e r e a r e vehicle; otherwise, it may damage the vehicle Some cleaning agents are toxic, or cause accidents. transmission, axle, steering or brake obstructions or people around the damage is damaged. vehicle. corrosive or flammable. Improper use is very dangerous and may easily cause Ÿ Do not remove the key from the During operation, the vehicle may personal injury or vehicle damage. ignition switch; otherwise, the steering suddenly move forward or backward, will be locked so that the vehicle hitting the person or object next to it. cannot turn.

194 195 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

Do not use the following materials for Vehicle Interior Maintenance and The seat belt or related parts that are Note MG Motor vehicles are designed to operate Aluminum Wheels and Wheel Trim cleaning: Cleaning stretched during the accident must be The non-abrasive cleaning agent will under normal environmental conditions and Cover Cleaning Ÿ Carbon tetrachloride Clean the interior and exterior of the vehicle replaced, even if the damage is not obvious or scratch the glass and damage the rear natural factors. To maintain the original appearance of the Ÿ Gasoline with proper cleaning methods and materials. is not visible. The seat belt for replacement windshield defroster grid lines. wheel and wheel trim cover (if any), do not must be new. Note Ÿ Benzene Use a vacuum cleaner or a banister brush to Do not use abrasive cleaning agent on allow them to collect dust or brake dust. MG Motor suggests replacing the whole seat Do not use household dishwashing Ÿ Naphtha remove dust and scum that accumulate on the vehicle glass. Otherwise, it will affect the detergent to wash the vehicle. The Clean the wheel / wheel trim cover regularly. fabric inside the vehicle frequently. belt assembly after collision. It is not necessary driver's vision. Do not use abrasive cleaning agent or brush When using any cleaning agent or other dishwashing detergent can wash off paint to replace the seat belt after it is checked to be that may damage the finish paint. chemical products inside the vehicle, please Wipe the vinyl plastics and leather trims and wax. regularly with a clean wet cloth. undamaged and normal by the MG Authorised open the doors for proper ventilation. Service Center for solution. Note Avoid excessive vehicle washing Remove dust, spots or stains on trims with a Note To avoid permanent color change of light- Decals will affect the rear windshield pressure. Water may enter the vehicle suitable cleaning agent. Note and damage the interior. Do not use abrasive cleaning agent or colored interior trims, do not allow the easy- defroster. brush to clean aluminum wheels or wheel to-discolor fabrics to come into contact with Caution The seat belt must be kept in good Do not paste decals on the inner side of Polishing and Waxing trim covers. the seat liner unless both materials are Clean the interior trims of the vehicle working condition to maintain its normal the rear windshield. Otherwise, it will completely dry. Fabrics with easy-to-discolor with proper cleaning methods and function. affect the driver's vision. Regular polishing can remove residues from Warning materials are: materials. the surface of the vehicle. After polishing, use Glass Surface high-quality car wax for protection. · Keep yourself, test leads, clothing, and Ÿ Casual clothes Otherwise, it will produce water spots, Vehicle Exterior Maintenance and Make sure that the window glass is clean, Cleaning other objects clear of electrical Ÿ Dyed denim watermarks and permanent spots, Note connections and hot or moving engine especially during the first washing. which helps reduce glare and improve vision. Vehicle Washing Ÿ Leather It is forbidden to clean or polish parts. These substances will permanently Front Windshield Outside Cleaning The best way to maintain the finish paint of Ÿ aluminum trims with automotive or · Do not wear watches, rings, or loose Kidskin damage the vehicle. Waxes or other materials on the front vehicles is to wash it regularly and keep it chrome polishing agent, steam or clothing when working in an engine Ÿ Newspapers and decorative paper windshield and blade may cause the blade to clean. alkaline soap liquids. These substances compartment. Seat Belt Maintenance shake when working. Moreover, such foreign Ÿ Park the vehicle in the place where is not are abrasive and may damage trims and · Make sure no loose material (Cloth or Caution Keep the seat belts clean and dry. Prevent seat matters are not conducive to keeping the directly exposed to sunlight. wheels. other inflammable material etc) is left Avoid prolonged exposure to cleaning belts from being contaminated by polishing front windshield clean. Clean the outside of Ÿ Wash the vehicle with the specified (but not limited to) inside engine agents and other chemical vapors. Such agents, oils and chemical products, especially the front windshield regularly with a non- neutral soap liquid and cold or warm Exterior Bright Metal Parts Protection compartment / Engine Cover / Fender chemical vapor is extremely dangerous battery fluid, bleaching powder or dyestuff. abrasive cleaning agent. and harmful to the health, especially in These contaminants will reduce the strength water. Clean the bright metal trims regularly. They after washing. Water does not form water droplets on the Ÿ Be sure to remove the soap liquid and are usually washed with water. When waxing limited space without ventilation. of the seat belt material. Check all seat belt clean front windshield. parts regularly. Replace any damaged seat belt cleaning agent from the surface by the the vehicle, please also wax these bright metal or part immediately. means of flushing. parts.

196 197 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

196 197 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE TECHNICAL DATA

Corrosion Prevention Technical Data MG Motor vehicles are designed to have anti- Remove harmful substances on the vehicle in accumulated dirt in the enclosed area before Vehicle Identification ...... 194 corrosion capabilities. The use of special time. If residues cannot be removed with soap flushing with water. Ÿ Identification Number (VIN) ...... 194 materials and protective paint on most vehicle liquid, a special cleaning agent can be used. When necessary, please contact the MG Ÿ Vehicle Identification Tag ...... 194 parts helps maintain satisfactory appearance, Finish Paint Damage Authorised Service Center for service. Ÿ strength and reliability. Engine Identification Number ...... 194 Repair the gravel scratches, cracks or deep Vehicle Data ...... 195 Although the surfaces of certain parts inside scratches on the finish paint as soon as Ÿ the engine compartment or of the underbody Vehicle Tools...... 202 possible. Exposed metal is prone to corrosion. may rust, the reliability or performance of Quick-drying products can be used to repair these parts will not be affected. tiny cracks and scratches. Body and paint Metal Plate Damage repair shops can complete large-scale repairs. If the body needs to be repaired or replaced, ensure that the repair shop uses proper anti- Note corrosion materials to restore the anti- Only safe cleaning agents that are corrosion protection performance. harmless to the paint surface can be Foreign Matter Deposition used. Other cleaning agents may permanently The following substances may damage the damage the paint. paint surface: Ÿ Calcium chloride and other salts Underbody Maintenance Ÿ Ice melting agent Corrosive substances used for ice and snow melting and dust prevention may accumulate Ÿ Road surface oil and asphalt at the underbody. Failure to remove these Ÿ Sap substances will accelerate corrosion and Ÿ Bird droppings rusting. Ÿ Industrial dust Flush the underbody with clean water regularly. Clean the part where the mud is prone to accumulate carefully. Loosen the

198 VEHICLE SERVICE & MAINTENANCE TECHNICAL DATA

198 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA

Vehicle Identification Vehicle Data Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification Tag Engine Identification Number Main Engine Performance Parameters

There are 3 commonly used vehicle Parameter identification numbers on your car. Item Unit Engine Model: LJO Engine Model: 2.0D Remember :

Seat floor vehicle identification number Four-stroke, water-cooled, in-line, 16-valve, dual Four Stroke, Water Cooled, In-Line, 16 Valve, overhead camshaft, inlet VVT (inlet variable DOHC,Timing Belt Drive, Direct Injection, Engine Type camshaft phase), timing chain drive, naturally Common Rail, VGT Turbo Charger with aspirated, electronically controlled gasoline Electric Actuator injection, electronically controlled ignition

Bore diameter × stroke mm × mm 73.8 × 84.7 83 × 90.4

The sign is a paper sign and is located on the The rubbed stamp is located on the engine Displacement L 1.451 1.956 passenger side car. block. Compression ratio - 9.8 16.5 On the door frame. Near the flywheel. Maximum net power / speed kW / (r / min) 105 / 5000 125 / (3700 ~ 3800)

Maximum net torque Nm / (r / min) 250 / 2400 350 / (1750 ~ 2500) The VIN print stamp is located under the front passenger seat. Idle Speed r/min 750±50 850±50 Square floor Drive Type Front wheel drive, forward

Complete vehicle emission standard BS4 OR BS6

200 201 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA

Vehicle Identification Vehicle Data Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification Tag Engine Identification Number Main Engine Performance Parameters

There are 3 commonly used vehicle Parameter identification numbers on your car. Item Unit Engine Model: LJO Engine Model: 2.0D Remember :

Bore diameter × stroke mm × mm 73.8 × 84.7 83 × 90.4

Complete vehicle emission standard BS4 OR BS6

200 201 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA

Main Vehicle Quality Parameters Vehicle Main Size Parameters

Parameter Value Project Unit Parameter Project Unit N15T 6MT N15T DCT N15T 6MT BSG N15T CVT 2.0D 6MT N15T 6MT N15T DCT N15T 6MT BSG N15T CVT 2.0D 6MT Overall length mm 4 655 Total width mm 1 835 Number of People 5*/6*/7* 5*/6*/7* 5*/6*/7* 5*/6*/7* 5*/6*/7* Total height (no load) mm 1 760 Wheelbase mm 2 750 Curb Weight kg 1544, 1556, 1576, 1613 1612, 1649 1580, 1600, 1637 1616,1655,1628,1667 1658, 1670, 1690, 1727 Front overhang mm 950/975 Front axle load kg 919, 925, 932, 944 968, 980 943, 950, 962 970,983,969,982 1006, 1012, 1019, 1031 Rear overhang mm 955/995 of curb weight Front track mm 1 554 Rear axle load kg 625, 631, 644, 669 644, 669 637, 650, 675 646,672,659,685 652, 658, 672, 696 of curb weight Rear track mm 1 549 Approach angle Total mass kg 2100 2100 2100 2140 2180 (no load/full load) 20,19/19

Departure (angle Load) 21/18,15 Front axle load kg 1050 1050 1050 1065 1120 Minimum ground clearance (full load) mm 180 180 180 180 175 Minimum turning Rear axle load kg 1050 1050 1050 1075 1060 m 11.9 diameter

*Above values may vary depending on seating capacity of the vehicle. Please contact MG Dealer for more information

202 203 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA

Main Vehicle Quality Parameters Vehicle Main Size Parameters

*Above values may vary depending on seating capacity of the vehicle. Please contact MG Dealer for more information

202 203 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA

Power / Dynamic Performance Parameter Main Liquid Parameter

Parameter Brand / Capacity, L Name Project Unit Specification N15T 6MT N15T DCT N15T 6MT BSG N15T CVT 2.0D 6MT N15T 6MT N15T DCT N15T 6MT BSG N15T CVT 2.0D 6MT India 91 and above 60 - 60 - Motor Gasoline* Maximum Speed Km/h >170 >180 India 92 and above - 60 - - Vehicle Diesel* CN51 and above diesel - - 60 Maximum climbing % >30 >30 gradient N15T SN/GF-5 5W-30 4.0 -

*Above values may vary depending on road condition and specific country regulation. Engine Oil* 2.0D (BS4) SAE 5W30 ACEA C2 - 4.8 Please contact MG Dealer for more information. 2.0D (BS6) (with DEF)* SAE 0W-20 ACEA C2 4.8 6MT / BSG 75W/90 2.0±0.15 - 2.0±0.15 - Transmission DCT FFFL-2 - 6.5±0.2 - - Oil* 2.0D 6MT 75W - - - 2.0 CVT Shell SL2100 - - - 4.0±0.2 Coolant* Glycol type anti-freeze 8±0.5 10±0.5 Brake Fluid (including DOT4 0.75±0.05 Hydraulic Clutch Solution)* Air Conditioning Refrigerant* HFC-134a 690± 20g (5 seater) / 1050± 20g (6/7 seater) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)* Standard – ISO 22241 As Required

*Specification may vary depending on vehicle manufacturing date. Please contact MG Authorized Workshop for exact specification of lubes / oils / fluids in your vehicle.

204 205 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA

Power / Dynamic Performance Parameter Main Liquid Parameter

*Specification may vary depending on vehicle manufacturing date. Please contact MG Authorized Workshop for exact specification of lubes / oils / fluids in your vehicle.

204 205 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA

Tyre Inflation Pressure (Cold State) Other Parameters

Tyre Inflation Pressure (unit: Psi) Tyre Model Project Project Parameters At no load At full load Front Tyre 34 215/60R17 Requirement for dynamic balance of wheels Dynamic unbalance <15 g Rear Tyre 34 Front Tyre 35 Reasonable range of brake pedal free travel <30 mm 215/55R18 Rear Tyre 35 Minimum scrapping thickness of front brake disc 24mm

Wheel Alignment Parameters (No Load) Minimum scrapping thickness of front brake lining 2mm

Project Range (Unit: Degree) Minimum scrapping thickness of rear brake disc 8mm Front Wheel Camber -26’±45’ Minimum scrapping thickness of rear brake lining 2mm Caster 4015’±45’

Toe 0±5’

King Pin Inclination 1207’±10

Rear Wheel Camber -10±45’

Toe 11’±20’

206 207 TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA

Tyre Inflation Pressure (Cold State) Other Parameters

Wheel Alignment Parameters (No Load) Minimum scrapping thickness of front brake lining 2mm

Project Range (Unit: Degree) Minimum scrapping thickness of rear brake disc 8mm Front Wheel Camber -26’±45’ Minimum scrapping thickness of rear brake lining 2mm Caster 4015’±45’

Toe 0±5’

King Pin Inclination 1207’±10

Rear Wheel Camber -10±45’

Toe 11’±20’

206 207 TECHNICAL DATA DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE Vehicle Tools DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE Dealer Name...... Dealer Address...... 1. Jack 2. Jack Rocker FIRST NAME ...... SURNAME ...... 3. Traction Hook MODEL ...... 4. Wheel Nut Wrench 5. Sleeve VEHICLE DELIVERED ON ...... BY ......

PRESENTATION AND EXPLANATION

1 FRONT OF THE VEHICLE 5 DRIVING POSITION Eg. Servicing details, Checking the levels Eg. Adjusting the driving position. Use of the instrument panel 2 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE and controls. Specific points relating to your vehicle. Eg. Disconnecting the passenger airbag (to fit a child Eg: Programming the radio, bluetooth, automatic illumination of seat to the front seat) the headlights, etc.

3 REAR OF THE VEHICLE 6 DEALER SERVICE DEPARTMENT Eg. Location of the spare wheel, tool kit 7 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE CONDITIONS 4 REAR SEATS Eg. Warranty and maintenance documents (Service sheet or Eg. Child safety (lsofix fixing point) warranty & maintenance booklets), maintenance stamps Modularity of the seats 8 ISSUED WITH » Was your vehicle presented to you as stated above? Two set of keys YES NO Tool kit » Did your vehicle match your vehicle order? Spare tyre YES NO Vehicle invoice Insurance cover note Registration document Vehicle manual 208 TECHNICAL DATA DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE Vehicle Tools DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE Dealer Name...... Dealer Address...... 1. Jack 2. Jack Rocker FIRST NAME ...... SURNAME ...... 3. Traction Hook MODEL ...... 4. Wheel Nut Wrench 5. Sleeve VEHICLE DELIVERED ON ...... BY ......

PRESENTATION AND EXPLANATION

Comments: DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE Dealer Name...... Dealer Address......

FIRST NAME ...... SURNAME ......

MODEL ......

VEHICLE DELIVERED ON ...... BY ...... Please note that MG Motor India will not be responsible for any issues pertaining to Non Genuine Accessories fitted either by dealership or aftermarket. PRESENTATION AND EXPLANATION

1 FRONT OF THE VEHICLE 5 DRIVING POSITION Eg. Servicing details, Checking the levels Should you require any further details regarding the vehicle handover or if you have any questions relating to your vehicle, please do not hesitate to Eg. Adjusting the driving position. Use of the instrument panel contact your Sales or Delivery Advisor. 2 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE and controls. Specific points relating to your vehicle. Eg. Disconnecting the passenger airbag (to fit a child Eg: Programming the radio, bluetooth, automatic illumination of ENJOY DRIVING YOUR NEW MG! seat to the front seat) the headlights, etc.

3 REAR OF THE VEHICLE 6 DEALER SERVICE DEPARTMENT CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DELIVERY ADVISOR SIGNATURE Eg. Location of the spare wheel, tool kit 7 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE CONDITIONS 4 REAR SEATS Eg. Warranty and maintenance documents (Service sheet or Eg. Child safety (lsofix fixing point) warranty & maintenance booklets), maintenance stamps Modularity of the seats 8 ISSUED WITH » Was your vehicle presented to you as stated above? Two set of keys YES NO Tool kit » Did your vehicle match your vehicle order? Spare tyre YES NO Vehicle invoice Insurance cover note 1st EXEMPLARY : CUSTOMER Registration document 2nd EXEMPLARY : DELIVERY ADVISOR Vehicle manual DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE

Comments: DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE Dealer Name...... Dealer Address......

FIRST NAME ...... SURNAME ......

MODEL ......

Comments: MG Motor New Vehicle Warranty Terms & Conditions M G M O T O R D E A L E R , a r e geographical area defined above, such INDIA warranted against any material, vehicle will not be covered under the assembly or Manufacturing Defects by current warranty as stated herein. 1. Warning: the Manufacturer. The New Vehicle 2.3 The period of warranty on the vehicle Your MG MOTOR vehicle is shall be covered under a Warranty by shall not be deemed to be extended by Please note that MG Motor India will not be responsible for any issues pertaining to Non Genuine Accessories fitted either by manufactured to meet the regulations MG MOTOR for a period of repairs or replacements of any parts. dealership or aftermarket. and environmental requirements for • Personal Registration - 5 years or Indian conditions. In case you relocate 2.4 In the event the Original Purchaser of Unlimited kilometers (whichever is the vehicle transfers the vehicle it to any other country than INDIA, it earlier) may be very difficult to make during the period of warranty, it shall Should you require any further details regarding the vehicle handover or if you have any questions relating to your vehicle, please do not hesitate to modifications to comply with the • Commercial Registration - be obligation of the subsequent contact your Sales or Delivery Advisor. regulations and environmental 5 years or 1,50,000 kms (whichever is purchaser to notify and inform MG earlier) Motor or its authorized dealer of such ENJOY DRIVING YOUR NEW MG! requirements of that country and it may be difficult to perform repair MG Motor new vehicle warranty transfer. service in that country. starts from the Delivery Date shown Field of Application: CUSTOMER SIGNATURE DELIVERY ADVISOR SIGNATURE Please note that a MG MOTOR in the Owner's Manual issued to the 2.5 The Customer is covered for: vehicle relocated to any other Customer / First Owner of the vehicle upon delivery of the vehicle 2.5.1 Free repair (parts, consumables and country than India shall not be labour) of any material or assembly covered by the warranty. purchased. (Transfer of ownership of the vehicle does not alter the defect duly found in the vehicle, at 2. The MG MOTOR New Vehicle warranty period of a vehicle.) their own request, as well as any Warranty repairs on damage caused by this 2.2 Geographical coverage: 2.1 Duration of MG MOTOR'S New defect to other vehicle parts. Vehicle Warranty: 2.2.1 This warranty covers any new vehicle 2.5.2 24/7 assistance services as defined in sold within geographical boundaries the “MG MOTOR Road Side Vehicles in the MG MOTOR range, of INDIA. delivered as new from 1st April 2019 Assistance” section. If the vehicle is to be driven and, more 1st EXEMPLARY : CUSTOMER to the Customer by an authorized 2nd EXEMPLARY : DELIVERY ADVISOR importantly, registered outside the

213 DELIVERY OF YOUR VEHICLE MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY

213 MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY

It is the authorized MG MOTOR per their warranty terms and The indirect and remote consequences treatment, the frequency of vehicle or parts, such as slight noise or events like lightning, fire, floods, Dealer's discretion to decide whether conditions. of any fault (loss of operation, duration maintenance or care to be applied to vibrations, or items considered earthquakes, war, riots, attacks etc.; it is appropriate to repair or replace 2.6.3 Infotainment / Audio system: The of immobilization, etc.); the vehicle set out in the Owner's characteristic of the vehicle. 2.9.9 Damage caused due to hydro-static the defective part, whilst keeping the warranty coverage for Infotainment / Vehicle components which have Manual have not been observed; 2.9 Damage caused by the following lock. Customer informed. Audio system is valid for 3 years from undergone conversion work, and/or 2.8.2 Due to lack of use / operation of external causes: 2.9.10 Damage caused due to rodents; 2.6 P a r t s n o t c o v e r e d u n d e r the Delivery Date shown in the specification and design changes and vehicle over prolonged period[s]; 2.9.1 Accidents, impacts, scratches, warranty conditions contained Owner's Manual issued to the the consequences (deterioration, 2.9.11 Paint scratches, dents or similar paint 2.8.3 Misuse, abuse, negligence, improper scoring, projection of gravel or solid or body damage. herein: Customer and shall be provided by premature wear and tear, alterations, driving habits, theft etc. of the vehicle; bodies, hail, acts of vandalism; the respective manufacturer as per etc.) of the conversion work on other Incidental or consequential damages, The following are the parts not 2.8.4 Damage from stress, like use of 2.9.2 Failure to observe the Manufacturer covered by warranty conditions their terms and conditions. vehicle parts or components, or on its including without limitation, loss of specifications; vehicles in races, rallies or as taxis. recommendations; time, inconvenience, loss of use of contained herein. Hence, it is The MG MOTOR New Vehicle The warranty terms for the use of MG requested to contact your nearest Warranty does not cover and MG The costs incurred by the Customer 2.9.3 Deposits due to atmospheric vehicle or commercial loss. Motor vehicle shall be different / pollution, plant-based deposits such MG MOTOR Dealer for more details. MOTOR India Private Limited (MG for routine maintenance; separate from the terms contained How does the MG MOTOR New Vehicle MOTOR) and / or MG MOTOR as resin, animal-based deposits such Warranty work? 2.6.1 Battery: The warranty coverage for Replacement of parts due to normal herein. as bird droppings, chemical deposits; 12V / 48V Battery is valid for 1 year authorized workshop shall not be wear and tear resulting from use of 2.10 To be eligible for the MG MOTOR responsible for the following: 2.8.5 Use of parts other than MG MOTOR 2.9.4 Transportation of the vehicle; starting from the Delivery Date the vehicle or from its mileage Genuine Parts. N e w V e h i c l e W a r r a n t y , t h e shown in the Owner's Manual issued 2.7 Normal maintenance services other including but not limited to clutch, 2.9.5 Using an adulterated / incorrect fuel; Customer must: to the Customer and shall be than 5 free services, including without shocker absorbers, wiper blades, 2.8.6 Any device and / or accessories not Supplied / Fitted by MG MOTOR. 2.9.6 Fitting accessories not approved by 2.10.1 check that the Owner's Manual does provided by the battery manufacturer limitation, cleaning and polishing, brake drum, brake disk, brake pads, the manufacturer; contain the Delivery Date of the as per their terms and conditions. minor adjustments, engine tuning, oil brake shoe, lamp, plugs, belts, linings, 2.8.7 Modifications, alterations, tampering 2.9.7 Fitting accessories approved by the vehicle - their warranty entitlement is top-up / fluid changes, Diesel Exhaust bulbs, fuses, parts made of rubber, or improper repair. 2.6.2 Tyre: The warranty coverage for manufacturer, but installed without dependent on this; Fluid (DEF) top-up / replacement, etc. Tyre is valid for 1 year starting from 2.8.8 Parts used in applications of which observing the recommendations 2.10.2 contact any workshop of the MG filters replenishment, fastener re- the Delivery Date shown in the 2.8 Damage or failure resulting due they were not designed or not defined by the manufacturer; MOTOR Authorized Workshop Owner's Manual issued to the tightening, wheel balancing, wheel to the following causes: approved by MG MOTOR. 2.9.8 Damage due to airborne fallout, Network – only such Workshop have Customer and shall be provided by alignment and tyre rotation etc. 2.8.1 Poor vehicle maintenance, in Slight irregularities not recognized as industrial fall out, acid rain, hail and the authorization for operations of the respective tyre manufacturer as particular if the instructions for the affecting quality or function of the wind storms, or other force majeure this sort;

214 215 MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY

2.10.3 show the duly completed Owner's repaired or serviced in a workshop • Personal Registration - 5 years or manufacturing, material or protective 3.5.1 To obtain the Anti-Corrosion maintenance service, the same will be Manual, as proof of entitlement to the outside the MG MOTOR authorized Unlimited kilometers (whichever is p r o d u c t a p p l i c a t i o n d e f e c t , Warranty, the Customer must carried out at an extra cost to the warranty and that the maintenance network and not observing MG earlier) acknowledged by the Manufacturer. contact any Workshop of the MG Customer. operations recommended by the Motor's recommendations on the • Commercial Registration - 3.3.3 It is authorized MG MOTOR MOTOR Authorized Workshop 3.5.5 During these tests the Customer shall Manufacturer have been carried out; subject. 5 years or 1,50,000 kms (whichever is workshop's discretion to decide Network - only such Workshop have make sure that the professional 2.10.4 have the defect covered by the MG 2.12 By way of consideration for the parts earlier). whether it is appropriate to repair or authorization for operations of this carrying out the operation correctly sort. MOTOR New Vehicle Warranty supplied by MG MOTOR under the 3.2 Geographical Coverage: The replace these components, and to completes the bodywork and sub confirmed as soon as possible, by a MG MOTOR New Vehicle Warranty, geographical coverage of the Anti- inform the Customer. 3.5.2 The Customer shall show the duly frame test coupon, in order to MG MOTOR authorized workshop in parts replaced under this warranty, Corrosion Warranty is identical to 3.4 T h e M G M O T O R A n t i - completed (delivery date and validate the continuation of the Anti- writing. If the vehicle is un- shall legally become the property of that for the MG MOTOR New Corrosion Warranty does not validation of anti-corrosion test Corrosion Warranty. roadworthy, the Customer must MG MOTOR. Vehicle Warranty. cover: coupons) the Owner's Manual as 3.5.6 Repairs on any deterioration must be contact the nearest MG MOTOR proof of their warranty entitlement. 2.13 All operations, parts and labour, 3.3 Anti-Corrosion Warranty field of 3.4.1 any damage which is not covered by made as soon as possible. authorized workshop member or MG carried out under the MG MOTOR 3.5.3 Application of the MG MOTOR Anti- MOTOR Assistance. application the MG MOTOR New Vehicle 3.5.7 The application of the MG MOTOR N e w V e h i c l e W a r r a n t y a r e Warranty, as defined at the start of Corrosion Warranty is subject to the Anti-Corrosion Warranty is also 2.11 The MG MOTOR New Vehicle guaranteed until the new vehicle 3.3.1 In addition to the MG MOTOR New anti-corrosion tests on the bodywork Vehicle Warranty, MG MOTOR this booklet;Mechanical components subject to bodywork and sub-frame Warranty does not apply, and MG warranty expires. and sub-frame. Customer shall ensure repairs being carried out in M O T O R a n d M G M O T O R guarantees the bodywork and sub which are not an integral part of the that these tests are conducted at the 2.14 Transferring ownership of the vehicle frame of MG MOTOR vehicle bodywork or sub-frame (wheel rims, accordance with MG MOTOR authorized dealer members are shall not alter the application mileage intervals stated in the recommendations. exempt from all liabilities, if: Schedule I from perforation from the exhaust system, etc.). Owner's Manual, and at least once conditions of the MG MOTOR New interior, due to steel panel corrosion 3.5.8 The repair or replacement of 2.11.1 The vehicle has been driven under Vehicle Warranty. 3.4.2 In case, repairs (including denting or e v e r y t w o y e a r s . S c h e d u l e d caused by a manufacturing, material painting) have been carried out on the maintenance services in the MG components under the conditions conditions not in accordance with 3. The MG MOTOR Anti-corrosion or protective product application described in the “field of application” those stated in the Owner's Manual body of the MG Motor Vehicle in a MOTOR authorized workshop Warranty: defect. workshop outside the MG MOTOR network incorporate these tests. (Paragraph 7.3), shall taken into (example: vehicle overloaded or account the general condition of the taking part in any type of sports 3.1 Duration of the Anti-Corrosion 3.3.2 This guarantee covers the repair or authorized network. 3.5.4 If the Customer requests to have the Warranty: This warranty will apply replacement of components with vehicle with regard to its age, mileage competition, etc.); 3.5 Anti-Corrosion Warranty conditions anti-corrosion test conducted and maintenance level. from the delivery date given on the perforated steel panel work due to a of application independently of the scheduled The defect observed is due to the Owner's Manual for a period of: Customer having had the vehicle

216 217 MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY

3.5.9 Parts replaced under the Anti- Paintwork Warranty is identical to 3.9.2 damage due to force majeure events: 3.10.2 The Customer shall show the duly oral warranty on MG MOTOR's Corrosion Warranty legally become that for the MG MOTOR New lightning, fire, floods, earthquakes, completed (delivery date) Owner's behalf. the property of MG MOTOR. Vehicle Warranty. war, riots and attacks; Manual as proof of their entitlement 5. MG MOTOR reserves the right to 3.5.10 Repairs and components fitted under 3.8 Paintwork Warranty field of 3.9.3 Mechanical components which are to the warranty. make any change in design or make the Anti-Corrosion Warranty are application: not an integral part of the bodywork 3.10.3 By way of consideration for the parts any improvement in the design, guaranteed until the end of the term 3.8.1 This warranty covers the free repair or sub-frame (wheel rims, exhaust supplied by MG MOTOR under the structure, technology etc. of the of the original Anticorrosion or replacement of components with system, etc.). Paintwork Warranty, parts replaced vehicle at any time without any Warranty. i n h e r e n t p a i n t w o r k d e f e c t s Damage due to action of road under this warranty legally become obligation to make the same change 3.5.11 Transferring ownership of the vehicle (deterioration of lacquer or finishing elements (sand, gravel, dust or road the property of MG MOTOR. on the vehicles already sold. does not alter the application varnish, due to any material, debris) which results in stone 3.10.4 Repairs and components fitted under 6. Warranty service shall be provided conditions of the Anti-Corrosion manufacturing or application defect) chipping of paint or glass. the Paintwork Warranty are only by MG MOTOR's Authorized Warranty. acknowledged by the Manufacturer, 3.9.4 In case, the denting or painting job has guaranteed until the end of the term Dealers and Dealer Service Branch. The MG MOTOR Paintwork Warranty: with the MG MOTOR authorized been carried out on the MG Motor of the original Paintwork Warranty. 7. MG MOTOR's decision is final and workshop carrying out the operation, Vehicle in a workshop outside the MG 3.10.5 Transferring ownership of the vehicle binding on the Owner of the vehicle in 3.6 Duration of the Paintwork keeping the Customer informed. Warranty: MG MOTOR guarantees MOTOR authorized network. does not alter the application all warranty matters. MG MOTOR the bodywork paintwork and painted 3.8.2 This repair shall take into account the 3.10 Paintwork Warranty conditions of conditions of the Paintwork Warranty. reserves the right for the final parts paintwork (door mirrors, general condition of the vehicle with application 4. This warranty is the entire Warranty decision on all warranty matters. bumpers etc.) for 5 years or regard to its age, mileage and given by MG MOTOR and no 8. The terms and conditions as maintenance level. 3.10.1 To obtain the Paintwork Warranty, Unlimited kilometers (for Personal the Customer must contact any Authorized Dealer of MG Motor or contained herein shall be construed in Registration) 5 years or 1.5 lac kms 3.9 The MG MOTOR Paintwork workshop of the MG MOTOR its or his agent or employee is accordance to the laws as applicable (for Commercial Registration) Warranty does not cover: Authorized Workshop Network - authorized to extend or enlarge this in India and all disputes arising out of (whichever is earlier) from the 3.9.1 any damage which is not covered by o n l y s u c h W o r k s h o p h a v e warranty and no Authorized Dealer this Warranty will be subject to the Delivery Date of the new vehicle. The MG MOTOR New Vehicle authorization for operations of this of MG Motor or its or his agent or jurisdiction of Courts in Gurugram 3.7 Geographical Coverage: The Warranty, as defined at the start of sort. employee is authorized to make any only. geographical coverage of the this booklet;

218 219 MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY MG MOTOR NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY

218 219 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE MG Roadside Assistance 24x7 CALL 1800-100-6464 MG Roadside Assistance is designed to placing the call, please have the following or contaminated fuel (Twice a year, up to Taxi Assistance team will help for the medical under this program for a period of 5 years enhance your overall MG ownership information handy for assisting the operator in 5 lit) If your vehicle is recovered to an authorized coordination. from the date of sale of the vehicle. experience, by providing you with 24hrs/7days analysing the issue: o Road traffic accident where the vehicle is MG Dealer, MG Roadside Assistance will also Accommodation Assistance Assistance will be provided no matter emergency support related to the use of your • Description of the problem; immobilized provide taxi assistance. In case of a breakdown occurring far from where you are (i.e. at home, on the MG Motor Vehicle. Peace of mind motoring- roadside, on the highways, in a parking lot, guaranteed. • Your location; Assistance will be provided no matter where Custody Services your hometown (not less than 100 you are (i.e. at home, on the roadside, on the kilometres), and if so needed by you, MG etc.), as long as you are not already at an While it is our sincere hope that your travels • Registered Contact phone number, in If towing is delayed, or if the technician on spot Authorized MG Dealer. case you are calling from a number other highway, in a parking lot, etc.), as long as you is unable to fix your vehicle, MG Roadside Roadside Assistance will help provide a hotel are always trouble-free, breakdowns and road are not already at an Authorized MG Dealer. accommodation for you for one night. Non-covered Events traffic accidents do happen - our goal is to than your registered number, as Assistance will arrange for a personnel to take registered with MG; custody of your vehicle. Program Overview – MG Roadside Assistance is designed to help ensure that even if your MG is immobilized, SUMMARY OF CUSTOMER only in “covered events” that lead to stoppage whether at home or while travelling, any • License plate number BENEFITS Vehicle Recovery following an Accident Definitions / immobilization of your vehicle. As a result, inconvenience to you and your family is if you opt for your own vehicle assistance / Roadside Assistance at home or If your vehicle is unable to be mobilized • Covered Customers: minimized. this program will not cover following events, recovery management, the cost for the same on the road following a road traffic accident, MG Roadside The owner (or driver) and all the including but not limited to: shall be borne by you. Assistance will organize to send a recovery Should you ever require assistance, all you If your vehicle is immobilized, whether at passengers travelling in the vehicle at the vehicle to recover your vehicle from the • Faulty fuel gauge need to do is dial our 24-hour assistance Covered Events home or on the road, MG Roadside Assistance moment the roadside assistance was hotline: 1800 100 6464 and or press the Call accident site to the nearest authorized • Speedometer not working • Mechanical or electrical breakdown will attend to your vehicle. For conditions required, up to the legal passenger limit of button on your car and MG Roadside MG Dealer. leading to stoppage/immobility of the where we decide that the cause of the the vehicle. The customer may be asked • Air-conditioning is not working Assistance will be there to help. Vehicles will vehicle breakdown/immobilizations can be solved at Courtesy Car to produce car/other identity documents • Passenger door(s) cannot be opened be covered under this program for a period of the roadside, a technician will be sent to try During such breakdown, if the repairs in the to verify the eligibility under this Program. when there are no passengers in the 5 years from the Date of sale of the vehicle. • Human error and mobilize your vehicle at your location. vehicle require a period of more than 24 • Covered Vehicles and period of vehicle Getting Help – What to do when you o Key problems: locked keys, lost keys, or Vehicle Recovery hours, MG Roadside Assistance will aid you cover: • Boot cannot be opened need Assistance broken vehicle keys with a courtesy car to aid for your immobility. If your vehicle is unable to be mobilized All new MG vehicles sold by Authorised • Front and / or rear demisters are not In the event of a breakdown or accident, o Tyre problems: puncture, bolts or valve following a mechanical or electrical Medical Coordination MG Dealers in India are eligible for free functioning simply call MG Roadside Assistance on 1800 related issues breakdown, a recovery vehicle will be sent to In case of a medical assistance required by you MG Roadside Assistance with Pan India 100 6464 (toll-free from anywhere in India), or • Horn is not functioning o Battery problems: flat battery recover your vehicle to the nearest during the breakdown, MG Roadside coverage (except islands, areas with press the Call button on your car. When o Fuel problems: out of fuel, incorrect fuel, authorized MG dealer. limited entries). Vehicles will be covered • Damaged door mirrors

220 221 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE MG Roadside Assistance 24x7 CALL 1800-100-6464 MG Roadside Assistance is designed to placing the call, please have the following or contaminated fuel (Twice a year, up to Taxi Assistance team will help for the medical under this program for a period of 5 years enhance your overall MG ownership information handy for assisting the operator in 5 lit) If your vehicle is recovered to an authorized coordination. from the date of sale of the vehicle. experience, by providing you with 24hrs/7days analysing the issue: o Road traffic accident where the vehicle is MG Dealer, MG Roadside Assistance will also Accommodation Assistance Assistance will be provided no matter emergency support related to the use of your • Description of the problem; immobilized provide taxi assistance. In case of a breakdown occurring far from where you are (i.e. at home, on the MG Motor Vehicle. Peace of mind motoring- roadside, on the highways, in a parking lot, guaranteed. • Your location; Assistance will be provided no matter where Custody Services your hometown (not less than 100 you are (i.e. at home, on the roadside, on the kilometres), and if so needed by you, MG etc.), as long as you are not already at an While it is our sincere hope that your travels • Registered Contact phone number, in If towing is delayed, or if the technician on spot Authorized MG Dealer. case you are calling from a number other highway, in a parking lot, etc.), as long as you is unable to fix your vehicle, MG Roadside Roadside Assistance will help provide a hotel are always trouble-free, breakdowns and road are not already at an Authorized MG Dealer. accommodation for you for one night. Non-covered Events traffic accidents do happen - our goal is to than your registered number, as Assistance will arrange for a personnel to take registered with MG; custody of your vehicle. Program Overview – MG Roadside Assistance is designed to help ensure that even if your MG is immobilized, SUMMARY OF CUSTOMER only in “covered events” that lead to stoppage whether at home or while travelling, any • License plate number BENEFITS Vehicle Recovery following an Accident Definitions / immobilization of your vehicle. As a result, inconvenience to you and your family is if you opt for your own vehicle assistance / Roadside Assistance at home or If your vehicle is unable to be mobilized • Covered Customers: minimized. this program will not cover following events, recovery management, the cost for the same on the road following a road traffic accident, MG Roadside The owner (or driver) and all the including but not limited to: shall be borne by you. Assistance will organize to send a recovery Should you ever require assistance, all you If your vehicle is immobilized, whether at passengers travelling in the vehicle at the vehicle to recover your vehicle from the • Faulty fuel gauge need to do is dial our 24-hour assistance Covered Events home or on the road, MG Roadside Assistance moment the roadside assistance was hotline: 1800 100 6464 and or press the Call accident site to the nearest authorized • Speedometer not working • Mechanical or electrical breakdown will attend to your vehicle. For conditions required, up to the legal passenger limit of button on your car and MG Roadside MG Dealer. leading to stoppage/immobility of the where we decide that the cause of the the vehicle. The customer may be asked • Air-conditioning is not working Assistance will be there to help. Vehicles will vehicle breakdown/immobilizations can be solved at Courtesy Car to produce car/other identity documents • Passenger door(s) cannot be opened be covered under this program for a period of the roadside, a technician will be sent to try During such breakdown, if the repairs in the to verify the eligibility under this Program. when there are no passengers in the 5 years from the Date of sale of the vehicle. • Human error and mobilize your vehicle at your location. vehicle require a period of more than 24 • Covered Vehicles and period of vehicle Getting Help – What to do when you o Key problems: locked keys, lost keys, or Vehicle Recovery hours, MG Roadside Assistance will aid you cover: • Boot cannot be opened need Assistance broken vehicle keys with a courtesy car to aid for your immobility. If your vehicle is unable to be mobilized All new MG vehicles sold by Authorised • Front and / or rear demisters are not In the event of a breakdown or accident, o Tyre problems: puncture, bolts or valve following a mechanical or electrical Medical Coordination MG Dealers in India are eligible for free functioning simply call MG Roadside Assistance on 1800 related issues breakdown, a recovery vehicle will be sent to In case of a medical assistance required by you MG Roadside Assistance with Pan India 100 6464 (toll-free from anywhere in India), or • Horn is not functioning o Battery problems: flat battery recover your vehicle to the nearest during the breakdown, MG Roadside coverage (except islands, areas with press the Call button on your car. When o Fuel problems: out of fuel, incorrect fuel, authorized MG dealer. limited entries). Vehicles will be covered • Damaged door mirrors

220 221 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE

• Rear view mirror is damaged, but it does • Other non-safety related lights/service • Breakdown is caused by deliberate General Terms and Conditions Locked Keys program, if it is found that you had not obstruct the driver's vision warnings are illuminated damage, or participation or abetment in a Remain with your Vehicle • Whilst we will always endeavour to furnished false information relating to • Damaged or faulty fuel cap but vehicle has • Vehicle runs out of windscreen wiper fluid criminal act or offence; provide assistance by the most efficient your eligibility or entitlements to the • Once you have called MG Roadside benefits provided under this program. not run out of petrol and there is enough • Front or rear windscreen wipers faulty • The immobilization is resulting from Assistance, it is vital that you stay with method, modern security systems fuel in the tank to enable the vehicle to but weather conditions are fair damage caused by intervention of the your vehicle. Should the MG Roadside sometimes make it extremely difficult for Disputes reach the nearest Authorized MG Dealer police or other authorities; us to gain entry to your vehicle at the General Exclusions Assistance representative arrive at your • Courts situated within the jurisdiction of • Sunroof cannot be opened • Any damage resulting from the use of the vehicle while it is unattended, the roadside should the spare keys not be Gurugram alone shall have the exclusive The following scenarios are general exclusions available. If a forced emergency entry is • Sunroof cannot be closed but weather vehicle against the recommendations of necessary work will not be carried out. jurisdiction to decide all disputes that may under the MG Roadside Assistance and required, you will be asked to sign a conditions are fair, and the vehicle is not the owner manual; arise under this service. therefore MG Roadside Assistance will not be Adverse Weather declaration stating that you have granted exposed to any security risk responsible for any assistance costs as a result • Any consequential costs and / or damage • On occasion, adverse weather conditions permission for this to take place and • Windows cannot be opened of any of the following: to property as a result of a breakdown; such as floods, heavy rain, thunder / confirming that all costs relating to any • Windows cannot be closed but weather • Vehicle is involved in motor racing, rallies, • Vehicles kept in a non-roadworthy lighting, other natural calamities or other resulting damages to your vehicle will be conditions are fair, and the vehicle is not speed or duration tests, practice runs, or condition or not serviced in accordance external factors may affect our ability to your sole responsibility. exposed to any security risk. operated outside, subject to the w i t h t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s provide services and it may become Replacement Costs recommendations; physically impossible to assist you until the • Seat adjustor is faulty, but the vehicle can exclusivities provided herein and in the weather improves. During such times, our • The replacement cost for any damaged be safely driven owner manual; • The damage / immobilization is caused part of the vehicle shall not be covered by due to any repair work done on the main priority will be to ensure that you • Passenger seat belts are faulty but there • Assistance is required as a result of wars, MG Roadside Assistance, unless it is vehicle is from a workshop which is not a and your passengers are taken to a place are no passengers in the vehicle r i o t s , u p r i s i n g , m a s s p o l i t i c a l of safety; the recovery of your vehicle may covered under any other warranty(ies) demonstrations, pillage, strike, use for member of the MG Authorised provided by MG Motor, including the new • Faulty security system unless the vehicle is not be possible until weather conditions military purposes or acts of terrorism, Workshop Network; vehicle warranty, as may be applicable and immobilized or unless the alarm is permit. earthquake damage, freak weather • The damage / immobilization is caused to / or subscribed to by the owner of the sounding continuously conditions, atmospheric phenomena, the vehicle due to the negligence / External Factors MG vehicle. • ABS lights are illuminated nuclear transformation phenomena or intentional driving of the vehicle or • MG will take every effort to reach you Right of Refusal • Air bag warning lights are illuminated radiation caused by artificial acceleration tampering with the vehicle, even after once you make the call however external of atomic particles; becoming aware of the breakdown / fault / conditions (including traffic, strike etc.), • MG Roadside Assistance shall have the • Traction control lights are illuminated damage. could delay such an effort. right to refuse any or all benefits under the

222 223 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE

222 223 SERVICE COUPON

PDI (One day before delivery)

VIN no.

Dear Customer, PDI no.

We are confident that you and your family would be enjoying the safe and Date of Delivery comfortable drive of the MG Hector. Dealer Name We would like to undertake a thorough check-up of the vehicle at 1000 kms or 30 days, whichever occurs earlier. This will also allow us to re- Dealer Code emphasize the salient features of the Hector to you. Customer Name

In the unlikely event of an emergency assistance, please call your Contact No. nearest MG Dealer as mentioned in this booklet or please feel free to call our 24 x 7 pulse hub at 1800 100 6464

I confirm that the vehicle has been inspected by me and delivered to my satisfaction. I do abide by MG terms & conditions laid forward for warranty and other vehicle maintenance details.

Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature SERVICE COUPON

PDI (One day before delivery)

VIN no.

Dear Customer, PDI no.

In the unlikely event of an emergency assistance, please call your Contact No. nearest MG Dealer as mentioned in this booklet or please feel free to call our 24 x 7 pulse hub at 1800 100 6464

I confirm that the vehicle has been inspected by me and delivered to my satisfaction. I do abide by MG terms & conditions laid forward for warranty and other vehicle maintenance details.

Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature SERVICE COUPON

st 1 Free Inspection MG Motor Inspection 1 Month / 1000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol

1 Month / 1000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel st 1 Free Inspection 1 Month / 1000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol Engine Oil Check Fuel Lines for Leakages 1 Month / 1000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Brake Oil / Clutch Fluid Check HVAC for Satisfactory Performance WS Washer Fluid VIN ______Check Front Brake and Rear Check the DTC, Diagnose, Inspect Disk pad Clean-Inspect and Clear the all DTC Regn. No. ______

Delivery Date ______

Date of Service ______

Kms ______

I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction.

Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature SERVICE COUPON

st 1 Free Inspection MG Motor Inspection 1 Month / 1000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol

Delivery Date ______

Date of Service ______

Kms ______

I confirm that the job has been attended to my satisfaction.

Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature SERVICE COUPON GENERAL STATUS REVIEW nd Check closing efforts of doors Central locking system 2 Free Inspection MG Motor Inspection 6 Months / 5000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol Other functions 6 Month / 7500 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel nd UNDER HOOD 2 Free Inspection 6 Months / 5000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol Check fluid levels Engine oil level Engine Oil Check Fuel Lines for Leakages 6 Month / 7500 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Brake oil level Coolant level Air Filter Element Check HVAC for Satisfactory Performance Power steering oil M/T oil Pollen / AC Filter VIN ______Check Front Brake and Rear Brake Oil / Clutch Fluid Windshield washer level & add washer fluid Disk pad-Clean-Inspect WS Washer Fluid UNDERBODY, WHEELS ATF (Trans Oil)* Regn. No. ______Check the DTC, Diagnose, Inspect Visually check routing, leaks & damage Check tyre pressure Check Front and Rear and Clear the all DTC ELECTRICAL CHECKS Brake Disk Pad-Inspect* Delivery Date ______Malfunction indicator lamp Charging lamp Oil pressure lamp Parking brake lamp / indicator Date of Service ______High beam / Turn signal Hazard indicator All other telltale lamp Cigarette lighter/rear defogger Check lighting system Kms ______Horn / Radio / Outside Mirrors High / Low beam / Hazard signal Turn signal / Flash to pass signal Front/Rear fog lamps / Tail lamps Stop lamp / Reversing lamp / Trunk lamp DYNAMIC EVALUATION I confirm that the job has been attended to my *Applicable for Diesel vehicle only. Steering function / noise / abnormal drag Clutch & gear shifting function / noise satisfaction. Accelerating & braking function / noise Check tyres Any other abnormal noise

Note - For detailed information refer section 'Maintenance Schedule'.

Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature SERVICE COUPON ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM 3rd Free Inspection Drive Belt Engine Oil MG Motor Inspection (Alternator, Power Steering and A/C Compressor) 1 Year / 10000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol 1 Year / 15000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel rd Engine Oil Filter Cooling System Hose and Connections 3 Free Inspection 1 Year / 10000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol Engine Coolant Fuel Filter Engine Oil Check the DTC, Diagnose, 1 Year / 15000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Inspect and Clear the Oil Filter Fuel Line and Connections Air Cleaner Element all DTC Washer Drain Plug Spark Plugs & Spark Plug Wires PCV System Check Fuel Lines for Leakages VIN ______Air Filter Element EVAP Canister, Vapor Lines & Check HVAC for Solenoid Valve Filter Spark Plug Satisfactory Performance Regn. No. ______CHASSIS AND BODY Pollen / AC Filter Check Front Brake and Rear Disk pad-Clean-Inspect Exhaust Pipe & Mountings Brake Fluid Brake Oil / Clutch Fluid Delivery Date ______Fuel Filter* Front Brake Discs & Pads Rear Brake Drums & Linings Acc Belt Drain Water from Fuel Filter* Parking Brake Brake Line and Connections Transmission Oil Date of Service ______(Including Booster) WS Washer Fluid Manual Transaxle Fluid Steering Wheel & Linkage Steering Geometry / Wheel Kms ______Wheel Alignment Wheel Balancing Balancing / Rotation / Tyre (When required or as suggested by (When required or as suggested by Pressure MG Motor retailer) MG Motor retailer) Power Steering Fluid and Line Drive Shaft Boots I confirm that the job has been attended to my Safety Belts, Buckles & Anchorages Lubricate Locks, Hinges & Hood Latch *Applicable for Diesel vehicle only. satisfaction. Tyre Condition and Inflation Pressure & A/C Mesh Filter Rotation Chassis and Underbody Bolts and Nuts Tight / Secure Note - For detailed information refer section 'Maintenance Schedule'.

Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature SERVICE COUPON ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM 4th Free Inspection Drive Belt Engine Oil (Replace) MG Motor Inspection (Alternator, Power Steering and A/C Compressor) 2 Years / 20000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol 2 Years / 30000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Engine Oil Filter (Replace) Cooling System Hose and Connections 4th Free Inspection 2 Years / 20000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol Engine Coolant Fuel Filter Engine Oil Check the DTC, Diagnose, 2 Years / 30000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Inspect and Clear the Oil Filter Fuel Line and Connections Air Cleaner Element all DTC Fuel Filter Spark Plugs & Spark Plug Wires PCV System Check Fuel Lines for Leakages VIN ______Washer Drain Plug EVAP Canister, Vapor Lines & Check HVAC for Solenoid Valve Filter Air Filter Element Satisfactory Performance Regn. No. ______CHASSIS AND BODY Spark Plug Check front Brake and Rear Disk pad-Clean-Inspect Exhaust Pipe & Mountings Brake Fluid Pollen / AC Filter Delivery date ______Transmission Oil* Front Brake Discs & Pads Rear Brake Drums & Linings Brake Oil / Clutch Fluid ATF (Trans Oil)* Parking Brake Brake Line and Connections Acc Belt Date of service ______(Including Booster) Drain Water from fuel filter* WS Washer Fluid Manual Transaxle Fluid Steering Wheel & Linkage Steering Geometry / Wheel Kms ______Wheel Alignment Wheel Balancing Balancing / Rotation / Tyre (When required or as suggested by (When required or as suggested by Pressure MG Motor retailer) MG Motor retailer) Power Steering Fluid and Line Drive Shaft Boots I confirm that the job has been attended to my Safety Belts, Buckles & Anchorages Lubricate Locks, Hinges & Hood Latch *Applicable for Diesel vehicle only. satisfaction. Tyre Condition and Inflation Pressure & A/C Mesh Filter Rotation Chassis and Underbody Bolts and Nuts Tight / Secure Note - For detailed information refer section 'Maintenance Schedule'.

Customer’s Signature Dealer stamp & signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature SERVICE COUPON ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM 4th Free Inspection Drive Belt Engine Oil (Replace) MG Motor Inspection (Alternator, Power Steering and A/C Compressor) 2 Years / 20000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol 2 Years / 30000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Engine Oil Filter (Replace) Cooling System Hose and Connections 4th Free Inspection 2 Years / 20000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol Engine Coolant Fuel Filter Engine Oil Check the DTC, Diagnose, 2 Years / 30000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Inspect and Clear the Oil Filter Fuel Line and Connections Air Cleaner Element all DTC Fuel Filter Spark Plugs & Spark Plug Wires PCV System Check Fuel Lines for Leakages VIN ______Washer Drain Plug EVAP Canister, Vapor Lines & Check HVAC for Solenoid Valve Filter Air Filter Element Satisfactory Performance Regn. No. ______CHASSIS AND BODY Spark Plug Check front Brake and Rear Disk pad-Clean-Inspect Exhaust Pipe & Mountings Brake Fluid Pollen / AC Filter Delivery date ______Transmission Oil* Front Brake Discs & Pads Rear Brake Drums & Linings Brake Oil / Clutch Fluid ATF (Trans Oil)* Parking Brake Brake Line and Connections Acc Belt Date of service ______(Including Booster) Drain Water from fuel filter* WS Washer Fluid Manual Transaxle Fluid Steering Wheel & Linkage Steering Geometry / Wheel Kms ______Wheel Alignment Wheel Balancing Balancing / Rotation / Tyre (When required or as suggested by (When required or as suggested by Pressure MG Motor retailer) MG Motor retailer) Power Steering Fluid and Line Drive Shaft Boots I confirm that the job has been attended to my Safety Belts, Buckles & Anchorages Lubricate Locks, Hinges & Hood Latch *Applicable for Diesel vehicle only. satisfaction. Tyre Condition and Inflation Pressure & A/C Mesh Filter Rotation Chassis and Underbody Bolts and Nuts Tight / Secure Note - For detailed information refer section 'Maintenance Schedule'.

Customer’s Signature Dealer stamp & signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature SERVICE COUPON ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM 5th Free Inspection Drive Belt Engine Oil (Replace) MG Motor Inspection (Alternator, Power Steering and A/C Compressor) 3 Years / 30000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol 3 Years / 45000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Engine Oil Filter (Replace) Cooling System Hose and Connections 5th Free Inspection 3 Years / 30000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Petrol Engine Coolant Fuel Filter Engine Oil Check the DTC, Diagnose, 3 Years / 45000 km (whichever occurs earlier) - Diesel Inspect and Clear the Oil Filter Fuel Line and Connections Air Cleaner Element all DTC Washer Drain Plug Spark Plugs & Spark Plug Wires PCV System Check fuel lines for Leakages VIN ______Air Filter Element EVAP Canister, Vapor Lines & Check HVAC Solenoid Valve Filter Spark Plug for Satisfactory Performance Regn. No. ______CHASSIS AND BODY Pollen / AC Filter Check front Brake and Rear Disk pad-Clean-Inspect Exhaust Pipe & Mountings Brake Fluid Brake Oil / Clutch Fluid Delivery date ______Fuel Filter* Front Brake Discs & Pads Rear Brake Drums & Linings Acc Belt Drain Water from fuel filter* Parking Brake Brake Line and Connections WS Washer Fluid Date of service ______(Including Booster) Steering Geometry / Wheel Manual Transaxle Fluid Steering Wheel & Linkage Balancing / Rotation / Tyre Pressure Kms ______Wheel Alignment Wheel Balancing (When required or as suggested by (When required or as suggested by MG Motor retailer) MG Motor retailer) Power Steering Fluid and Line Drive Shaft Boots I confirm that the job has been attended to my Safety Belts, Buckles & Anchorages Lubricate Locks, Hinges & Hood Latch *Applicable for Diesel vehicle only. satisfaction. Tire Condition and Inflation Pressure & A/C Mesh Filter Rotation Chassis and Underbody Bolts and Nuts Tight / Secure Note - For detailed information refer section 'Maintenance Schedule'.

Customer’s Signature Dealer stamp & signature Customer’s Signature Dealer Stamp & Signature CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP RECORD ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM Drive Belt Engine Oil (Replace) (Alternator, Power Steering and A/C Compressor) Engine Oil Filter (Replace) Cooling System Hose and Connections Change of Ownership Record Engine Coolant Fuel Filter Fuel Line and Connections Air Cleaner Element Spark Plugs & Spark Plug Wires PCV System Model EVAP Canister, Vapor Lines & Solenoid Valve Filter Registration or CHASSIS AND BODY License Number Exhaust Pipe & Mountings Brake Fluid VIN Front Brake Discs & Pads Rear Brake Drums & Linings Parking Brake Brake Line and Connections New Owner’s Name (Including Booster) Manual Transaxle Fluid Steering Wheel & Linkage New Owner’s Address Wheel Alignment Wheel Balancing (When required or as suggested by (When required or as suggested by MG Motor retailer.) MG Motor retailer.) Power Steering Fluid and Line Drive Shaft Boots Safety Belts, Buckles & Anchorages Lubricate Locks, Hinges & Hood Latch Tyre Condition and Inflation Pressure & A/C Mesh Filter Rotation Chassis and Underbody Bolts and Nuts Tight / Secure Telephone No. Note - For detailed information refer section 'Maintenance Schedule'. If resold by MG Motor Dealership Enter Dealer Stamp in Box above CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP RECORD ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM Drive Belt Engine Oil (Replace) (Alternator, Power Steering and A/C Compressor) Engine Oil Filter (Replace) Cooling System Hose and Connections Change of Ownership Record Engine Coolant Fuel Filter Fuel Line and Connections Air Cleaner Element Spark Plugs & Spark Plug Wires PCV System Model EVAP Canister, Vapor Lines & Solenoid Valve Filter Registration or CHASSIS AND BODY License Number Exhaust Pipe & Mountings Brake Fluid VIN Front Brake Discs & Pads Rear Brake Drums & Linings Parking Brake Brake Line and Connections New Owner’s Name (Including Booster) Manual Transaxle Fluid Steering Wheel & Linkage New Owner’s Address Wheel Alignment Wheel Balancing (When required or as suggested by (When required or as suggested by MG Motor retailer.) MG Motor retailer.) Power Steering Fluid and Line Drive Shaft Boots Safety Belts, Buckles & Anchorages Lubricate Locks, Hinges & Hood Latch Tyre Condition and Inflation Pressure & A/C Mesh Filter Rotation Chassis and Underbody Bolts and Nuts Tight / Secure Telephone No. Note - For detailed information refer section 'Maintenance Schedule'. If resold by MG Motor Dealership Enter Dealer Stamp in Box above MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Periodic Maintenance Schedule - Petrol Manual Transmission and Hybrid Vehicles Periodic Maintenance Schedule - Petrol Automatic Transmission

Years 1 Month 6 Months 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Year Years 1 Month 6 Months 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Year Replacement Replacement Operation / Processes Frequency: Operation / Processes Frequency: for Periodic Km / Year for Periodic Km / Year 5000 5000 1000 1000 40000 40000 60000 60000 80000 80000 90000 90000 20000 20000 30000 30000 50000 70000 50000 70000 whichever is 10000 whichever is 10000 Service Schedule 100000 Service Schedule 100000 earlier earlier Engine Oil 10K/1 Year I I R R R R R R R R R R Engine Oil 10K/1 Year I I R R R R R R R R R R Oil Filter 10K/1 Year R R R R R R R R R R Oil Filter 10K/1 Year R R R R R R R R R R Fuel Filter 20K/2 Years R R R R R Fuel Filter 20K/2 Years R R R R R Washer Drain Plug 10K/1 Year R R R R R R R R R R Washer Drain Plug 10K/1 Year R R R R R R R R R R Air Filter Element 20K/2 Years I I R I R I R I R I R Air Filter Element 20K/2 Years I I R I R I R I R I R Spark Plug 30K/3 Years I I R I I R I I R I Spark Plug 30K/3 Years I I R I I R I I R I Pollen / AC Filter 10K/1 Year I R R R R R R R R R R Pollen / AC Filter 10K/1 Year I R R R R R R R R R R Brake Oil /Clutch Fluid 30K/3 Years I I I I R I I R I I R I Brake Oil / Clutch Fluid 30K/3 Years I I I I R I I R I I R I Acc Belt 100K I I I I I I I I I I Acc Belt 100K I I I I I I I I I I Timing Chain NA I Timing Chain NA I Coolant Change (7.0 Lt) 80K/8 Years I I I I I I I I I R I I Transmission Oil 60K/5 Years I I R I WS Washer Fluid 10K/1 Year I I R R R R R R R R R R Coolant Change (7.0 Lt) 80K/8 Years I I I I I I I I I R I I ATF (Trans Oil DCT)# 60K/5 Years I R I WS Washer Fluid 10K/1 Year I I R R R R R R R R R R CVT Oil (Shell 2100)# 50K/5 Years I I R I R Steering Geometry / Steering Geometry / Wheel Balancing / Rotation / 10K/1 Year I I I I I I I I I I Wheel Balancing/ Rotation / 10K/1 Year I I I I I I I I I I Tyre Pressure Tyre Pressure Check the DTC, Diagnos, 10K/1 Year I I I I I I I I I I I I Check the DTC, Diagnos, 10K/1 Year I I I I I I I I I I I I Inspect and clear the all DTC Inspect and clear the all DTC Check Fuel lines for Leakages Every Service I I I I I I I I I I I I Check fuel lines for Leakages Every Service I I I I I I I I I I I I Check HVAC for Every Service I I I I I I I I I I I I Check HVAC for Every Service I I I I I I I I I I I I Satisfactory Performance Satisfactory Performance Check front Brake and Every Service I I I I I I I I I I I I Check front Brake and Every Service I I I I I I I I I I I I Rear Disk pad-Clean-Inspect Rear Disk pad-Clean-Inspect

Symbol Abbreviation: R -Replace • I - Inspect (Top up if required/Adjust/Clean/Gap setting/Clean) • NA: Not applicable • * Labour Free Services. Symbol Abbreviation: R -Replace • I - Inspect (Top up if required/Adjust/Clean/Gap setting/Clean) • NA: Not applicable • * Labour Free Services. - Tightening of underbody fasteners, door adjustments and functional checks of all the systems during every service is mandatory. - Tightening of underbody fasteners, door adjustments and functional checks of all the systems during every service is mandatory. - Check the coolant level and top up as required, replace if it is contaminated/ discoloured or there is sludge formation. - Check the coolant level and top up as required, replace if it is contaminated/ discoloured or there is sludge formation. - Filters, Fluid, Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), Consumables, Components, Wheel Alignment, Wheel Balancing etc. (but not limited to mentioned) will be replaced on chargeable basis. - Filters, Fluid, Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), Consumables, Components, Wheel Alignment, Wheel Balancing etc. (but not limited to mentioned) will be replaced on chargeable basis. # Depending on vehicle transmission. 238 239 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

Periodic Maintenance Schedule - Petrol Manual Transmission and Hybrid Vehicles Periodic Maintenance Schedule - Petrol Automatic Transmission

Years 1 Month 6 Months 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year (Repair Category - Free Service / Paid Service / Running Repair / Accident Repair) Operation / Processes Replacement for Periodic Frequency: Km / Yr Repair Repair Name of Servicing Service R.O. No. Kms. Details of Repair Done Retailer Stamp 7500* 60000 90000

whichever is earlier 75000 1000* 30000* 45000*

Service Schedule 105000 15000* Date Category Retailer Adv. Sign. Engine Oil 15K/1 Year I I R R R R R R R Oil Filter 15K/1 Year R R R R R R R Fuel Filter 15K/1 Year R R R R R R R Washer Drain Plug 15K/1 Year R R R R R R R Air Filter Element 15K/1 Year I R R R R R R R Pollen / AC Filter 15K/1 Year I R R R R R R R Brake Oil / Clutch Fluid 45K/3 Years I I I I R I I R I Acc Belt 75K I I I I R I I Timing Belt + Roller 75K I Transmission Oil 60K/5 Years I R I Coolant Change 75K/5 Years I I I I I I R I I WS Washer Fluid 15K/1 Year I I R R R R R R R Steering Geometry / Wheel 15K/1 Year I I I I I I I Balancing/Rotation/Tyre Pressure Drain Water from Fuel Filter 15K/1 Year I I I I I I I Check the DTC, Diagnos, Every Service I I I I I I I I Inspect and clear the all DTC Check fuel lines for Leakages Every Service I I I I I I I I I Check HVAC for Every Service I I I I I I I I I Satisfactory Performance Check Front and Rear Brake Every Service I I I I I I I I I Disk Pad-Inspect

Topping of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) (Not a part of Periodic Maintenance Schedule) 7500 15000 30000 45000 60000 75000 90000 105000 Check and, if necessary, top-up additive for emission reduction ( Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) I I I I I I I I (For more information regarding top-up, please refer page no. 164 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) section)

Symbol Abbreviation : R -Replace • I - Inspect (Top up if required/Adjust/Clean/Gap setting/Clean) • NA: Not applicable • * Labour Free Services. - Tightening of underbody fasteners, door adjustments and functional checks of all the systems during every service is mandatory. - Check the coolant level and top up as required, replace if it is contaminated/ discoloured or there is sludge formation. - Filters, Fluid, Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), Consumables, Components, Wheel Alignment, Wheel Balancing etc. (but not limited to mentioned) will be replaced on chargeable basis.

240 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET Periodic Maintenance Schedule - Diesel Manual Transmission

240 MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET MG MOTOR INDIA SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET

(Repair Category - Free Service / Paid Service / Running Repair / Accident Repair) ANDHRA PRADESH DELHI NCR GOA VIJAYAWADA MG Cars Pvt. Ltd. Priority Auto Lincs Pvt. Ltd. Repair Repair Name of Servicing Service R.O. No. Kms. Details of Repair Done Retailer Stamp Sri Jayalakshmi Automotives Pvt. Ltd. 1S Plot No 13, Shivaji Marg, New Delhi - 110015 1S Survey No.166/1, New Taleigao Bypass Road, Date Category Retailer Adv. Sign. 3S 1-136/3, Gudavalli Junction, NH16, 2S 7/20, Block-B, Kirti Nagar Industrial Area, Opp. Taleigao Community Centre - 403002 Rural Mandal - 521104 New Delhi -110015 2S Survey No.132/1-C, Behind Healthway EC Outer Ring Road, Block C 2, Sector 14, Hospital, SE Old Goa, Tiswadi - 403108 VISAKHAPATNAM Rohini, New Delhi - 110085 Tristar Auto Agencies Pvt. Ltd. 1S Tristar Auto, Behind Kali Mata Mandir, RK Sai Shreeja Cars Pvt. Ltd. GUJARAT Beach Junction, Vishakhapatnam - 530002 1S A-2/5, Safdarjung Enclave - 110029 AHMEDABAD 2S Tristar Auto, Plot D 36, Industrial Estate, 2S B-67, Phase-1, Okhla Industrial Area, Concept Motor Garage Pvt. Ltd. Marripalem, Visakhapatnam - 530002 New Delhi – 110020 1S Ground Floor, Signature 1, Near YMCA Club, EC A-14, Ring Road, Lajpat Nagar-IV, S.G. Highway, Ahmedabad - 380051 New Delhi - 110024 BIHAR 2S Survey No. 321, Sanathal, S.P. Ring Road, Ahmedabad - 404000 Cargo Motors (Kutch) Pvt. Ltd. PATNA EC Neelkanth Square, NH-8, Naroda, 1S Sector 15 Part 2, Gurugram - 122022 Ashiana Fabicon Pvt. Ltd. Ahmedabad - 382330 2S Sector 74A, Gurugram - 122004 1S Ground Floor, “Ashiana Vihar” Apartment, 3S 14/6, Mathura Road, Pocket B, Sector 27, Near CDA Building, Rajendra Path, RAJKOT Faridabad - 121003 Patna - 800 001 Jai Ganesh Autocars Pvt. Ltd. EC MGF Metropolis, Sector 28, Gurugram 2S Anisabad Main, Patna - 800 002 1S Shri Balvi House Revenue Survey No. 215, Opp. Krishna Park, National Highway, Crystal Autocars Pvt. Ltd. Kothariya, Rajkot - 360003 CHHATISGARH 3S D-2, Sector 8, Noida - 201301 2S Near Jagannath Marble, Rajkot Gondal EC Plot No. 24, Patparganj Highway, Kothariya, Rajkot - 360003 RAIPUR Industrial Area, New Delhi – 110092 Shivaaya Cars Pvt. Ltd. EC Block G, Patel Nagar 3, Patel Nagar, 3S Ring Road No.1, Raipura, Raipur - 492013 Ghaziabad - 201003

1S - Sales 2S - Service + Spares 3S - Sales + Service + Spares EC - Experience Centre

243 MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET MG MOTOR INDIA SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET

1S - Sales 2S - Service + Spares 3S - Sales + Service + Spares EC - Experience Centre

243 MG MOTOR INDIA SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK MG MOTOR INDIA SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK

JHARKHAND MADHYA PRADESH

SURAT RANCHI 2S MVIT Workshop - Survey No. 32/33, BHOPAL EC Old Mahindra Showroom, Next to AutoBahn NAGPUR Nanavati Autosquare Pvt. Ltd. Singhania Future Pvt. Ltd. Nellakunte Village, Jala Hobli, Yelahanka Hriday Cars Pvt. Ltd. VW Showroom Nangia Automotive Pvt. Ltd. 1S Khasra No. 59, P.H.No-20, Ward No-54, 3S Plot No B-33-1/4, Ring Road, MIDC, Nagpur 1S Ground Floor, Icon Business Centre, 1S Near Firayalals Pulsar Plaza, Line Tank Road, Taluk, MVIT College Road, Hunasemaranahalli KOLHAPUR Hosangabaad Road, Ahamadpur, Opposite Central Mall, Piplod Dumas Road, Ranchi - 834001 Post, Bangalore - 562157 Unique Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. Bhopal - 462001 Surat - 395007 2S NH-33, Chakla, Ormanjhi, Ranchi - 835219 EC #84 Old No. 32, 20th Main West of Chord 1S S.No. 592, H.No 4481, 1st Stop MIDC Shiroli ODISHA 2S NH 12, Indus Towne, Ratanpur Sadak, 2S Bhatpore GIDC, Behind Nanavati Toyota, Road, Rajaj ji Nagar, Bangalore - 560010 (P) Tal-Hatkanangale, Dist-Kolhapur - 416122 Bhopal - 462047 BHUBANESWAR Magdala Hazira Road, Surat - 394510 2S C/O-Choughle Machines Pvt. Ltd., A-17/18, KARNATAKA INDORE Empreo Wheels Pvt. Ltd. MYSORE MIDC, Shiroli, Kolhapur - 416122 Hriday Cars Pvt. Ltd. 3S Plot No. 86/88, Near Apex Institute of VADODARA BENGALURU (West + South) Dyuthi Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. Technology & Management, Pahala, NH-16, Kayakalp Cars Pvt. Ltd. 3S Plot No. 201/1&2, Hunsur Road, 1S 1-Anoop Nagar, AB Road, Indore - 452018 NASHIK Jubilant Motorworks Pvt. Ltd. 2S SR Compound, Indore - 453771 Jitendra Wheels (N) Pvt. Ltd. Bhubaneswar - 752101 1S Zorba, Akshara Chowk, OP Road, Vadodara 1S 195/6/2, Ward No. 192 , Beratena Agrahara, Mysore - 570017 2S 362 GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara - 390010 1S B-88, M I D C Ambad, Patherdi Bridge, Next Luv Kusha Nagar, Hosur Road, KERALA MAHARASHTRA to Taj Residency, Nashik - 422001 PUNJAB Bangalore - 560100 2S P-11/2, Ambad MIDC, near Volkawagen HARYANA 2S Audi-Workshop, 6/1, Beratena Agrahara, MUMBAI LUDHIANA COCHIN Showroom, opp Lokmat Office, Mumbai Agra Hosur Main Road, Electronic City, Kishiv Auto Agencies Pvt. Ltd. Gitansh Motors Pvt. Ltd. Coastline Garages India Pvt. Ltd. Highway, Nasik-422010 KARNAL Bangalore - 560100 1S Cynergy IT Park, Appa Saheb Marathe Marg, 1S Parammal, Kozhikode 3S GT Road Jugiana, Adjoining Indian Oil Petrol Rahul Automotives Pvt. Ltd. EC Shree Bhuvaneswari Vokkaligara Sangha, Prabhadevi, Mumbai – 400025 AURANGABAD 2S Peringave-Parammal Road, Parammal, Pump, Ludhiana - 141010 3S Adjoining Sudhanshu ji Maharaj Ashram, Survey No 102-1, B Narayanapura, ORR, 3S Jogeshwari Caves Road, Gupha Tekdi, Dhoot Autotech Pvt. Ltd. Ramanattukara - 673632 Near Devi Lal Chowk, Karnal Bangalore - 560016 Western Express Highway Jogeshwari East, 1S ABC Complex, Adalat Road, Chintamani JALANDHAR 3S Near Toll Plaza, Salem - Kochi - Kanyakumari EC Axis One4, No. 14, 15th Cross, JP Nagar Mumbai - 400060 Colony, Aurangabad - 431005 Cargo Motors (Kutch) Pvt. Ltd. Hwy, Thalavanikkara, Paliyekkara, 4th Phase, Bangalore - 560078 EC 106/G, B wing, Express Zone, Western 2S Adalat Road, Next to High Court, Samadhan 3S BSF Chowk, G.T. Road, Jalandhar - 144001 Chittissery - 680301 Express Highway, Malad - East, Mumbai Colony, Konkanwadi, Aurangabad - 431005 JAMMU & KASHMIR 3S Survey No. 452/2; NH47, Kalamaserry, CHANDIGARH BENGALURU (North + East) Cochin - 682022 PUNE Krishna Motor Garage JAMMU Jubilant Motorworks Pvt. Ltd. THANE B.U Bhandari Auto Pvt. Ltd. 1S 178, MW Area, Industrial Area Phase I, Arise Autoz Pvt. Ltd. 1S Big Boy Toyz - No. 144, Chikkathayappa Tejpal Motors Pvt. Ltd. TRIVANDRUM 3S Survey No. 142, Hissa No. 1+2/5, Wakad, Chandigarh - 160002 1S Malik Market, Byepass Jammu - 180016 Reddy Layout, 1st Cross, Chelekere Village, 1S Shop No. 16, Dosti Imperia, Ghodbunder Pothen Autoworld Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai Banglore Highway, Pune - 411057 2S Malik Market, Byepass Jammu - 180016 Outer Ring Road, Kalyan Nagar Post, Road, Thane West, Thane - 400607 3S KJ Square, TC -55/719/1, Kaimanam, EC Parakh House, Boat Club (Liberty phase 2, MOHALI Bangalore - 560043 2S Western Extrusion Industries, Karmana, Trivandrum - 695040 Bund Garden, Sangamvadi), Pune - 411001 3S Plot No. 3, Sector 82, Mohali - 160055 Near Capital Hotel, Thane West - 400606

1S - Sales 2S - Service + Spares 3S - Sales + Service + Spares EC - Experience Centre 1S - Sales 2S - Service + Spares 3S - Sales + Service + Spares EC - Experience Centre

244 245 MG MOTOR INDIA SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK MG MOTOR INDIA SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK

JHARKHAND MADHYA PRADESH

1S - Sales 2S - Service + Spares 3S - Sales + Service + Spares EC - Experience Centre 1S - Sales 2S - Service + Spares 3S - Sales + Service + Spares EC - Experience Centre

244 245 MG MOTOR INDIA SALES AND SERVICE NETWORK

RAJASTHAN TELANGANA JAIPUR HYDERABAD LUCKNOW GPS Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. RAAM4WHEELERS LLP Beeaar Autowheels India Pvt. Ltd. 1S Plot No. 2&3/4, Choudhary Charan Singh 1S 8-2-120/86/10, 10A, 11B, 11C and 11D, 3S Milestone No. 111, Faizabad Road, Chinhat, Colony, Tonk Road, Jaipur - 302029 Opp. Hotel Park Hyatt, Road Number 2, Lucknow - 227105 2S G-221 Sitapura Industrial Area, Sitapura, Banjara Hills, Hyderabad - 500033 EC 10, Ashok Marg, Near Shri Ram Tower, Jaipur - 302022 Sadullah Nagar, Narhi, Hazratganj, EC Near Bajaj Capital, G-3, Anukampa Tower, SECUNDERABAD Lucknow - 226001 Church Road (M.I. Road), Gopalbari, Jaipur 2S H. No. 7-8-188/3, Gautam Nagar, Balanagar, JODHPUR Secunderabad - 500011 VARANASI Ganpati Four Wheels Pvt. Ltd. Puneet Cars Sales Pvt. Ltd. 3S Plot No.18, Opp. Saras Dairy, RAI DURG 1S Andhrapull, Chaukaghat, Varanasi - 221002 Heavy Industrial Area, Jodhpur - 342003 EC 7-56/19, Dargah Road, Radhe Nagar, 2S Grand Trunk Road, Parao, Varanasi - 221002 GachiBowli, Rai Durg UDAIPUR UTTARAKHAND Chambal Motors Pvt. Ltd. 3S CP-6/CP-7, Madri Industrial Area, Udaipur UTTAR PRADESH DEHRADUN TAMILNADU AGRA Grand Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. NRL Cars Pvt. Ltd. 3S Saharanpur Road, Mahobewala Chowk, CHENNAI 3S 404, Nagla Padi, Near Arvind Hyundai, Dehradun - 248002 FPL Automobiles Pvt. Ltd. Agra - 282005 1S No. 398, Anna Salai, CIT Nagar - 600035 2S Poly Container Industries, Developed Plot KANPUR WEST BENGAL No. 5, South Phase, Thiru Vi Ka Industrial SOCMO Cars Pvt. Ltd. Estate, Guindy, Chennai - 600032 1S 15/63, Rudra House, Civil Lines, KOLKATA EC Cenza Technologies Pvt. Ltd., Kanpur - 208001 Auto Hi-Tech Pvt. Ltd. Plot New No. 4, Old No. 8, Developed Plot, 2S 12/483, Macrobertganj, Kanpur - 208002 1S 97A Southern Avenue, Kolkata - 700039 Industrial Estate for Electrical, Electronics and 2S 34A, C.N. Roy Road, Kolkata - 700039 Instruments Industries, Perungudi, EC Ecocentre Ambuja Neotia, EM Block, Chennai - 600097 Sector V, Salt Lake City, Kolkata - 700091

1S - Sales 2S - Service + Spares 3S - Sales + Service + Spares EC - Experience Centre

246 245 VEHICLE RECORD SHEET

MODEL

CHASSIS NO.

ENGINE NO.

KEY NO.

DATE OF DELIVERY

MILEAGE (KM)

BATTERY MAKE SR NO./ BATCH CODE

TYRE TYRE LOCATION FR RH FR LH RR RH RR LH

MAKE BATCH NUMBER

OWNER'S NAME & ADDRESS:

ADDRESS OF SELLING DEALER

Showroom:

Workshop:

For any feedback, please call Toll free No. 1800 100 6464 www.mgmotor.co.in 1800 100 6464

MG Motor India Pvt. Ltd. All information, illustrations and specifications contained in this Owner's Manual are based on the latest production information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. Version: 05-02/2020/4000 (2021) 2 3 7 5 5 4 7 1